Quarterlytics / Energy / Solar / Soltec Power

Soltec Power

sol · ASX Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker sol
Exchange ASX
Sector Energy
Industry Solar
Employees 1-10
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Soltec Power
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2019

Washington H. Soul Pattinson 
 and Company Limited

ABN 49 000 002 728
ASX Code: SOL

Profile

Calendar

Corporate Directory

Contents

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company 
Limited (WHSP) was incorporated on 
21 January 1903 having previously traded  
as two separate companies, Pattinson and 
Co. and Washington H. Soul and Co.

Following a public offering of shares, WHSP was listed 
on the Sydney Stock Exchange (now the Australian 
Securities Exchange) on 21 January 1903.

Over 100 years as a listed  
public company

When Caleb Soul and his son Washington opened 
their first store at 177 Pitt Street, Sydney, in 1872 
neither of them could have envisaged that 147 years 
later their single pharmacy would have evolved into  
a company as prominent and diversified as WHSP.

WHSP is now a significant investment house with a 
portfolio encompassing many industries including 
its traditional field of pharmaceuticals, as well as 
mining, building materials, property investment, 
telecommunications, financial services and other 
equity investments.

DIVERSIFIED AND  
UNCORRELATED PORTFOLIO

LONG-TERM INVESTOR  
WITH BROAD MANDATE

VALUE FOCUSED AND  
TRUSTED PARTNER

Final Dividend

Record date 

Payment date  

18 November 2019

9 December 2019

Annual General Meeting  

AGM date 

AGM venue 

6 December 2019

The Wesley Theatre 
Wesley Conference Centre 
220 Pitt Street, Sydney

Chairman and Non-Executive Director

Chairman’s Review  

Key Highlights  

Directors

Robert D Millner  

Todd J Barlow 

Tiffany L Fuller 

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Non-Executive Director

Michael J Hawker  

Lead Independent Director and Non-Executive Director

Thomas C D Millner 

Warwick M Negus 

Robert G Westphal  

Company Secretary

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Group Company displays open 

10.45am

Ian D Bloodworth

AGM commences  

12.00 noon

Auditors

Pitcher Partners Sydney

For more information visit our website 
www.whsp.com.au 

Review of Group Entities  

TPG Telecom Limited 

Brickworks Limited  

New Hope Corporation Limited  

Financial Services Portfolio 

Pharmaceutical Portfolio  

Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited 

Property 

Other Investments 

Sustainability report  

Directors’ report  

Remuneration report  

Auditor’s independence declaration  

Financial report  

Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income  

Consolidated statement of  
financial position 

Consolidated statement of  
changes in equity  

Consolidated statement of  
cash flows 

Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements 

Directors’ declaration  

Independent auditor’s report  

ASX additional information  

2

3

9

10

12

14

17

18

20

22

22

23

28

36

55

57

59

61

62

64

65

161

162

167 

1

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Highlights

Chairman’s Review

Group 
Regular NPAT1

$307 m

Group  
Net Profit After Tax

$248 m

7.2% 5

7.1% 5

Pre-tax value  
of portfolio2

$5,469 m
0.6% 1

Regular cash flow  
from operations3

$170 m

18.1% 1

15 Year TSR 

20,502  
Shareholders

11.6 % pa 

2.6% outperformance4

18.9 %

Admitted to ASX100

Dear Shareholders,

I am pleased to present the 2019 Annual Report for Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited 
(WHSP, Company) on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Company.

FY19 Key Highlights

Group Regular profit after tax1

Group Profit after tax

WHSP’s net asset value (pre-tax)2 
(tax payable if disposed of on 31 July 2019 $1,049 million)

Net regular cash from operations3

Total Dividends (fully franked)

$307.3 million

$247.9 million

$5.5 billion

$169.6 million

58 cents

– 7.2%

– 7.1%

+ 0.6%

+ 18.1%

+ 3.6%

Regular Cash 
Flow from 
Operations 
Increased by 

 18.1%

WHSP holds a diversified portfolio of uncorrelated investments across listed equities, private equity, 
property and loans. Its flexible mandate is a key advantage to generating returns by allowing WHSP to make 
long-term investment decisions and adjust the portfolio by changing the mix of investment classes over 
time. 

Our objective is to deliver superior returns to our shareholders by creating capital growth along with 
steadily increasing dividends. Dividends are paid out of the cash generated from our investments, and 
pleasingly, the Company increased its net regular cash from operations by 18.1% in FY19.

WHSP has a strong track record of delivering outperformance over the long-term4 along with increased 
dividends. We continue to attract new shareholders and by the end of FY19 the number of shareholders 
had grown to 20,502 (up 8.9%). During the year, the Company was also admitted to the ASX100 index which 
reflects the growing size of the Company and increased liquidity of the stock. 

We have experienced some volatility amongst the major investments in the portfolio, which can be expected 
from time to time. However, we believe that over the long-term the portfolio is well positioned for growth 
and continued performance.

1.  Regular profit after tax is a non-statutory profit measure and represents profit from continuing operations before non-regular items.  

A reconciliation to statutory profit is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 4, Segment information.

1.  Regular profit after tax is a non-statutory profit measure and represents profit from continuing operations before non-regular items.  

A reconciliation to statutory profit is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 4, Segment information.

2.  Refer to page 8 for details of the portfolio valuation.
3.  Refer to page 6 for details of net regular cash flow from operations.
4.  Performance compared to the All Ordinaries Accumulation Index.

2.  Refer to page 8 for details of the portfolio valuation.
3.  Refer to page 6 for details of net regular cash flow from operations.
4.  Performance compared to the All Ordinaries Accumulation Index.

2
2

3

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Chairman’s Review

15 Year  
Total 
Shareholder 
Return 

 11.6%

per annum

Total Shareholder Returns to 31 July 2019

Annual Return

WHSP

1  
Year 

2  
Years 
p.a.

3  
Years 
p.a.

5  
Years 
p.a.

10 
Years 
p.a.

15 
Years 
p.a.

6.5%

16.5%

12.4%

11.8%

11.1%

11.6%

All Ordinaries Accumulation Index

12.9%

13.9%

11.4%

8.7%

9.5%

9.0%

Performance

(6.4%)

2.6%

1.0%

3.1%

1.6%

2.6%

Includes the re-investment of dividends

WHSP is focused on delivering outperformance over the long-term and over the last 15 years has outperformed 
the All Ordinaries Accumulation Index by 2.6% per annum. This outperformance over the last 15 years means that 
an investment in WHSP has grown by 419% while the Index has increased 267%.

This performance has been maintained for a long period of time. If a shareholder had invested $1,000  
in 1979 and reinvested all dividends, the shareholding would have appreciated to over $395,000 as at  
31 July 2019. This equates to a compound annual growth rate of 16.1% year on year for 40 years.  
This growth does not include the value of the franking credits which have been passed on to  
shareholders by WHSP.

$400,000

$350,000

$300,000

$250,000

$200,000

$150,000

$100,000

$50,000

$1,000 invested on 31 July 1979 
worth $395,788 at 31 July 2019

Compound annual return of 
16.1% for 40 years

500% 

400% 

300% 

200% 

100% 

WHSP

All Ordinaries Accumulation Index

+419%

+267%

9
7
9
1

4
8
9
1

9
8
9
1

4
9
9
1

9
9
9
1

4
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

4
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

Includes the re-investment of dividends

All Ordinaries
Accumulation Index

4
0
0
2

5
0
0
2

6
0
0
2

7
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

0
1
0
2

1
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

Includes the re-investment of dividends

4

5

New Hope

Brickworks Limited

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Chairman’s Review

Dividends

20 Year  
Dividend  
Growth 

 10.8%

per annum

WHSP has an exceptional history of paying dividends to shareholders. Since 2000, the Company has increased 
its ordinary dividend every year, one of only two companies in the All Ordinaries Index to do so. The compound 
annual growth rate of the Company’s ordinary dividends over the last 20 years is 10.8%. 

WHSP’s diversified portfolio continues to deliver reliable cash returns enabling it to provide increasing fully franked 
dividends to its shareholders.

The Company receives dividends and distributions from its investments, interest income and gains on property 
assets. The Directors declare interim and final dividends based on the Company’s regular cash inflows less regular 
operating costs.

Net regular cash from operations for the year was $169.6 million, up 18.1% compared to 2018. This increase was 
mainly due to higher dividend and interest income. 

20 Year Dividend History 
Cents per Share

Total Ordinary Dividends

Special Dividends

25

12.5

15

15

5

5

20

17

27

28.5

30

25

32

34

58

56

54

50 

52

48

46

44

40

3
0
0
2

4
0
0
2

5
0
0
2

6
0
0
2

7
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

0
1
0
2

1
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

4

3.5

10

11

0
0
0
2

1
0
0
2

5

14

2
0
0
2

Final Dividend

The Directors have declared a fully franked final dividend of 34 cents per share in respect of the year ended 31 July 
2019 (2018: 33 cents fully franked). This brings total dividends for the year to 58 cents fully franked (2018: 56 cents 
fully franked). 

The record date for the final dividend will be 18 November 2019 with payment due on 9 December 2019. The last 
day to purchase shares and be eligible for the final dividend is 14 November 2019.

This year WHSP will pay out, as dividends, 81.9% of its net regular cash from operations (2018: 93.4%).

Total  
Dividend  
for the year 

 58¢

6

Consolidated Financial Performance
Regular profit after tax

The regular profit after tax1 for the year ended 31 July 2019 was $307.3 million, 7.2% lower than last year.  
The result was driven by positive contributions from:
 1 Brickworks, up by 22.9% due to another strong result from property activities;
 1 Income from investments (loans and equity portfolios), up by 63.3% due to stronger dividend and interest 

income;

 1 the Property Portfolio, up by 157.1% following the completion and sale of projects; and
 1 the Financial Services Portfolio, up 28.2% primarily due to increased dividend income.

These gains were offset by a disappointing result from Round Oak Minerals which contributed a regular after tax 
loss of $54.1 million to the Group’s result for the year (2018: $9.7 million). In the current year, the increased regular 
loss after tax arose principally from:
 1 start-up expenses for new projects and increased corporate overhead, exacerbated by delays caused by 

extreme weather events causing flooding; and

 1 a reduction in production volumes and increased operating costs at Jaguar to realign the mining sequence. 

This realignment is expected to benefit future production.

The contribution from TPG Telecom was down 12.8% due to continuing margin impact from the NBN rollout.

Net profit after tax (including non-regular items)

The profit after tax attributable to shareholders (including non-regular items) for the year ended 31 July 2019 was 
$247.9 million, 7.1% lower than last year. Profit after tax was impacted by impairments in TPG Telecom and Round 
Oak Minerals and other non-regular expenses which were partly offset by the Parent Company’s gain on the sale 
of the head office building at 160 Pitt Street. 

Comparisons with the prior year are as follows: 

Regular profit after tax1 attributable to shareholders 

Statutory Profit after tax attributable to shareholders 

Interim Dividend (paid in May each year) 
Final Dividend (payable 9 December 2019) 

2019
$’000 

307,262

247,943

24 cents
34 cents

2018
$’000 

331,143

266,846

23 cents
33 cents

Total Dividends 

58 cents

56 cents

1.  Regular profit after tax is a non-statutory profit measure and represents profit from continuing operations before non-regular items.  

A reconciliation to statutory profit is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 4, Segment information.

%
Change

– 7.2%

– 7.1%

+ 4.3%
+ 3.0%

+ 3.6%

7
7

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman’s Review

Net Assets of the Parent Company – WHSP

As at 31 July 2019 

TPG Telecom1
Brickworks1
New Hope Corporation1
Financial Services Portfolio1 & 2
Pharmaceutical Portfolio1
Round Oak Minerals2
Property Portfolio2
Other Listed Investments Portfolio1
Other Unlisted Investments Portfolio2
Cash and other net assets (net of liabilities)

Net asset value (pre-tax)3 & 4

WHSP’s 
Holding 
%

25.3%
43.8%
50.0%
–
–
100%

Value of 
WHSP’s 
Holding
$m 

1,636
1,100
1,043
353
265
188
89
564
135
96

5,469

12 month Movement
%
$m 

286
77
(283)
(61)
–
34
(93)
48
43
(20)

31

21.2%
7.5%
(21.3%)
(14.7%)
–
21.9%
(51.1%)
9.3%
46.0%
(17.3%)

0.6%

1  At market value.
2  At cost or Directors’ valuations.
3 
4  Net asset value (pre-tax) is the value of all of WHSP’s assets less all of its liabilities (other than the tax payable upon the sale of its assets).  

 The tax payable if all of these assets had been disposed of on 31 July 2019 would have been approximately $1,049 million.

Assets are valued at market value, cost or Directors’ valuation as shown.

The assets of WHSP are summarised in this table. The pre-tax value as at 31 July 2019 was $5.5 billion, up 
$31 million compared to 31 July 2018. 

This net increase was mainly attributable to:
 1 Strong share price performances by TPG Telecom and Brickworks which were largely offset by New Hope 

Corporation which lost some of its substantial increase from last year.

 1 The Financial Services Portfolio investment in Ironbark Asset Management was increased to 25.6% and 

part of the holding in Milton Corporation was realised during the year.

 1 Further investment was injected into Round Oak Minerals to facilitate the development of its various 

projects, partly offset by the write down of some development assets.

 1 The carrying value of the Property Portfolio (net of borrowings) reduced by $93 million during the year. 
The head office building at 160 Pitt Street, the subdivided Kingsgrove property and the warehouse at 
Prestons were sold. These sales were partly offset by the repayment of bank debt on the office building 
at Pennant Hills.

R D Millner
Chairman

8

Review of Group Entities

as at 31 July 2019

TPG Telecom Limited 

ASX:TPM 

10

Brickworks Limited  

ASX:BKW 

12

New Hope Corporation Limited  

ASX:NHC 

14

Financial Services Portfolio  

Pharmaceuticals Portfolio 

Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited 

Property 

Other Investments 

17

18

20

22 

22

9

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
Review of Group Entities

TPG Telecom Limited

Associated entity: 25.3% held 
Dividends paid to WHSP: $9.4 million 
Total Market Capitalisation: $6.48 billion 
Value of WHSP’s Holding: $1.64 billion

ASX code: TPM

TPG reported the following results for the year ended 31 July 2019 (FY19): 
 1 Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) before impairment of $809.4 million;
 1 Business as usual EBITDA of $823.8 million;
 1 Net profit after tax attributable to shareholders of $173.8 million; and
 1 Earnings per share of 18.7 cents.

Underlying Results

The FY19 results were heavily impacted by TPG’s decision to cease the rollout of its Australian mobile network in 
January 2019. This gave rise to an impairment expense of $236.8 million and a significant increase in amortisation 
and interest expense relating to its Australian spectrum licences.

The FY19 results also include $9.0 million of one-off transaction costs relating to TPG’s planned merger with 
Vodafone Hutchison Australia. Excluding the impairment and merger transaction costs, the underlying EBITDA for 
the year was $818.4 million, a 1% decrease on FY18.

As shown in the chart below, business as usual EBITDA continued to be adversely impacted by the loss of margin 
as DSL and home phone customers migrate to low margin NBN services.

Bridge between FY18 and FY19 business as usual EBITDA

$828m

($47m)

($14m)

$57m

$824m

FY18 
BAU
EBITDA

DSL to NBN
GP margin 
reduction

iiNet
home phone 
GP decrease

Other 
growth

FY19
BAU
EBITDA

The $57 million of other EBITDA growth was driven by the Corporate Division.

Segment Results

The Consumer Segment’s EBITDA for FY19 was $457.3 million compared to $499.1 million for FY18.

The Corporate Segment achieved EBITDA of $367.1 million for FY19 compared to $329.7 million for FY18. 

10

Cash Flow, Capital Expenditure and Gearing

Dividends  
paid to WHSP

 $ 9.4 

million

TPG’s net operating cash flows before tax were again strong, exceeding EBITDA at $836.3 million. 

Total capital expenditure for the year of $717.3 million included: a $352.4 million instalment for the 2x10MHz 
of 700MHz spectrum acquired at auction in 2017; $86.1 million invested in the (now ceased) Australian mobile 
network build; and $80.1 million in the Singapore mobile network build. The remaining ‘business as usual’ capital 
expenditure of $198.7 million was $59.3 million lower than FY18 and within the guidance range of $180 to 
$220 million provided at the start of FY19.

At the end of FY19 TPG had net debt (including remaining spectrum liabilities payable in early 2020) of 
$1.94 billion which represents a leverage ratio of approximately 2.4 times underlying FY19 EBITDA.

Singapore Update 

TPG continues to densify its mobile network in Singapore with additional sites to increase capacity and deepen 
indoor coverage. Outdoor service coverage was measured at 99.69% in July 2019. TPG is on track to meet and 
exceed the indoor service coverage milestone and metro and road tunnel coverage is progressing.

Update on Planned Merger with Vodafone Hutchison Australia

On 30 August 2018, TPG and Vodafone Hutchison Australia (VHA) entered into a Scheme Implementation Deed 
under which the companies agreed a proposed merger of equals to establish a fully integrated telecommunica-
tions operator in Australia.

If the merger proceeds:
 1 It will be implemented via a TPG Scheme of Arrangement, with the new merged group listed on the 

Australian Securities Exchange and renamed TPG Telecom Limited in conjunction with implementation of the 
scheme; and

 1 TPG shareholders will own 49.9% of the equity of the merged group, with VHA shareholders owning the 

remaining 50.1%.

The merger is subject to a number of conditions including shareholder and regulatory approvals. 
 1 On 8 May 2019, the ACCC announced it had decided to oppose the proposed merger. 
 1 On 24 May 2019 proceedings were lodged with the Federal Court of Australia by the merger parties seeking 
orders that the proposed merger will not have the effect, or likely have the effect, of substantially lessening 
competition.

 1 The Federal Court hearing concluded on 1 October 2019. The judgement is expected by February 2020.

Dividend

TPG has declared a final dividend of 2 cents per share fully franked, unchanged from 2018. This brings total 
dividends for the year to 4 cents per share also unchanged from 2018.

Contribution to WHSP

TPG contributed $95.0 million to the Group’s regular profit after tax for the year (2018: $109.0 million). 

Outlook

TPG expects FY20 to be the year in which it experiences the greatest financial impact from customer migration 
to the NBN. The combined headwinds from residential DSL and home phone customers moving to the NBN is 
expected to be around $85 million. In addition, the annualised impact on profitability of existing NBN customers is 
forecast to create a further NBN headwind for FY20 of approximately $25 million. By the end of FY20 TPG expects 
to have less than 15% of its residential broadband customer base remaining on ADSL.

TPG expects operating cost efficiency programs to continue to deliver savings and another year of growth is 
forecast for the Corporate Division. However, given the peak NBN headwinds expected, organic growth for FY20 is 
not expected to be sufficient to offset the headwinds. TPG expects Business As Usual EBITDA to be in the range of 
$735 million to $750 million.

11
11

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Review of Group Entities

Brickworks Limited

Associated entity: 43.8% held 
Dividends paid to WHSP: $36.1 million 
Total Market Capitalisation: $2.51 billion 
Value of WHSP’s Holding: $1.10 billion

ASX code: BKW

Brickworks posted a record underlying Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) from continuing operations of $234 million,  
up 4% on the prior year.

After including discontinued operations and the impact of significant items, statutory NPAT was down 12% to 
$155 million. This includes $19 million in costs related to WHSP significant items in the second half. 

Brickworks has declared a fully franked final dividend of 38 cents per share for the year ended 31 July 2019, up 6% 
from 36 cents. Together with the interim dividend of 19 cents per share, this brings the total dividends for the year 
to 57 cents per share, up 3 cents or 6% on the prior year.

Building Products Australia

Dividends  
paid to WHSP

 $ 36.1 

million

Building Products Australia’s Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) was $57 million, down 27% on the 
previous corresponding period. Earnings Before Interest Tax Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) was 
$88 million, down 18%. The decline in earnings was primarily due to the impact of increasing energy 
prices and a downturn in construction activity across the country.

Austral Bricks earnings declined 17% for the year, with sales revenue down 4% to $428 million.

Austral Masonry earnings were lower, despite a slight increase in sales revenue to $119 million for the year.

Bristile Roofing earnings, including the Fyshwick roof batten mill, were marginally lower for the year, with a 
10% decrease in sales revenue to $131 million.

Austral Precast earnings were higher, supported by a 6% increase in revenue to $77 million for the year.

Building Products North America

Building Products North America contributed an EBIT of $6 million and an EBITDA of $12 million for the 
period since the acquisition of Glen-Gery on 23 November 2018. Business performance has exceeded 
expectations.

Property

Property delivered an EBIT before significant items of $158 million for the year ended 31 July 2019, a 
record contribution, and up 68% from the prior year. The improved result was due to higher earnings from 
the Property Trust.

The record result was also supported by a $35 million profit from land sales, primarily due to the sale of 
the Punchbowl site in the first half.

The total value of assets held within the Property Trust at 31 July 2019 was $1.756 billion. This includes a 
21% increase in the value of leased assets, to $1.411 billion. The Property Trust also holds a further $345 
million in land to be developed. 

Borrowings of $490 million are held within the Property Trust, giving a total net asset value of $1.266 
billion. Brickworks’ 50% share of net asset value was $633 million, up $95 million from $538 million at 31 
July 2018.

Contribution to WHSP

Brickworks contributed $54.7 million to the Group’s regular profit after tax for the year (2018: $44.6 million). 
This contribution excludes the WHSP profit taken up by Brickworks under the equity accounting method. 

Outlook

Building Products Australia – whilst the order book remains strong, particularly in Austral Bricks and 
Austral Precast, Brickworks anticipates a soft first half for FY20. In the second half, Brickworks expects the 
market to stabilise, based on the current level of home builder sales. In addition, Brickworks’ transition to 
the wholesale gas market on 1 January 2020 will reduce costs and finally provide some relief from rising 
energy costs.

Building Products North America – Brickworks believes the growth prospects for Building Products 
North America are strong. The recent acquisition of Sioux City Brick strengthens Brickworks’ leadership 
position in the architecturally focussed Midwest and Northeast regions of the United States and will 
provide significant cost synergies once fully integrated.

Property – activity within the Property Trust remains strong with developments at Oakdale South 
expected to drive growth in rent and asset value over the next few years.

12

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Annual Report 2019

Brickworks Limited

13
13

Review of Group Entities

New Hope Corporation Limited

Controlled entity: 50.0% held 
Dividends paid to WHSP: $66.5 million 
Total Market Capitalisation: $2.09 billion 
Value of WHSP’s Holding: $1.04 billion

ASX code: NHC

New Hope reported net profit before tax and non-regular items of $384.3 million for the year ended 31 July 2019, 
3% higher than the 2018 result of $373.2 million. 

The net profit after tax, including non-regular items, was $210.7 million for the year, 41% higher than the 2018 
result of $149.5 million.

Before non-regular items, basic earnings for 2019 were 32.3 cents per share, compared to 31.5 cents in 2018. After 
non-regular items, basic earnings were 25.3 cents per share for 2019 against 18.0 cents in 2018.

Compared to last year, the 2019 full year result benefited from:
 1 Increased production and sales driven by the acquisition of an additional interest in the Bengalla Joint 

Venture; and

 1 A lower AUD:USD exchange rate. 

Partially offset by:
 1 Increased cost of sales as the Acland Mine nears the end of the Stage 2 life;
 1 Increased cost of sales at Bengalla with increased stripping activities combined with timing of major repairs;
 1 Reduction in interest revenue and increase in interest expenses resulting from borrowings required for the 

Bengalla acquisitions; and 

 1 Non-regular items including acquisition costs relating to the Bengalla acquisition.

During the year, New Hope generated a strong operating cash surplus of $509.8 million (before acquisition costs, 
interest and tax) which is an increase of 18% on the 2018 result of $433.9 million.

New Hope has declared a fully franked final dividend of 9 cents per share, up 12.5% from 8 cents last year. This 
brings the total dividends for the year to 17 cents per share, up 21.4% on 2018.

Dividends  
paid to WHSP

 $ 66.5 

million

Coal Operations

The New Hope Group produced 10.9 million tonnes of saleable coal in 2019 which was a 21% increase on 2018. 
New Hope’s two operating mines in South East Queensland (New Acland and Jeebropilly) combined to produce 
4.8 million tonnes of saleable coal during the year ended 31 July 2019. New Hope’s share of the Bengalla mine 
(which increased from 40% to 80% during the year) produced 6.0 million tonnes. The total quantity of coal sold in 
2019 was 10.9 million tonnes.

New Acland Coal Mine

New Acland produced 4.1 million tonnes of clean coal for the year, down 8% year on year due to operating 
constraints and the quality of raw coal as operations extract the final coal from the Stage 2 resource area.

The Department of Natural Resources and Mines has certified 349 hectares of progressively rehabilitated land at 
New Acland. This is the largest single area of certified rehabilitation for at an open cut mine in Queensland.

New Hope remains committed to delivering the New Acland Mine Stage 3 project and will continue to work with 
the relevant government departments to ensure all necessary approvals are received for the project. Obtaining 
final approval in a timely manner is critical to ensuring the continuity of operations and therefore employment for 
approximately 300 employees and 500 contractors currently engaged at the New Acland mine.

Bengalla Joint Venture (New Hope share 80%)

New Hope completed its acquisition of an additional 30% interest in the Bengalla Joint Venture from Wesfarmers 
on 3 December 2018 and its acquisition of 10% from Mitsui on 25 March 2019 (both with effect from 1 December 
2018), bringing New Hope’s ownership to 80%. 

The Bengalla Mine (100% basis) produced 9.3 million tonnes of coal in 2019 which is in line with the prior year. In 
the last quarter of the year Bengalla operations achieved an annualised production rate of 10 million tonnes per 
annum, a level that New Hope believes can be sustained into the future.

Queensland Bulk Handling (QBH)

QBH, New Hope’s 100% owned coal terminal at the Port of Brisbane, exported 6.7 million tonnes of coal on  
85 vessels in 2019, which was 7% lower than 2018. QBH remains essentially a demurrage free port.

Pastoral Operations 

Acland Pastoral has continued its pasture management and supplement feeding strategy on previously mined 
land. Its success demonstrates that carefully rehabilitated mining land can support productive pastoral operations.

Acland Pastoral successfully managed its breeder herd through a severe drought period with minimal losses and 
the breeders producing in excess of a 90% calving rate in very trying conditions.

The Acland Pastoral irrigation footprint, utilising water from the Wetalla pipeline, was substantially increased from 
26 to 112 hectares, which presents attractive opportunities for future cropping in the area. 

Following the increase in ownership of the Bengalla Joint Venture, New Hope’s land management experience is 
being applied to the active management of agricultural land surrounding the Bengalla operations.

Bridgeport Energy Limited

Oil production was 381,474 barrels in 2019, a 2% increase on 2018. Bridgeport’s operations have now been lost 
time injury free for 5 years.

Revenue for the year was $33.9 million against $29.1 million for the prior year, an improvement of 16%. Realised oil 
sales prices averaged $98 per barrel against the previous year of $88 per barrel.

14

New Hope

continued >>>

15

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Review of Group Entities

New Hope Corporation Limited (continued)

Contribution to WHSP

New Hope contributed $134.3 million to the Group’s regular profit after tax for the year, being WHSP’s 50.0% 
share (2018: $133.0 million, 52.7% share). 

Outlook

The acquisition of the additional 40% stake in Bengalla during the 2019 financial year combined with the 
increase in Bengalla’s production rate to 10 million tonnes per annum provides a profitable and sustainable asset 
base for New Hope. New Hope will continue to focus on creating synergies and integration efficiencies across 
all sites by leveraging off the individual strengths of each operation and where possible, applying those across 
other sites.

Queensland operations are set to record lower production volumes in the year ahead. Acland production will 
be constrained to mining remnant coal from Stage 2 operations in the absence of receiving Stage 3 approvals. 
The Jeebropilly mine will cease mining operations in December 2019 once all economically viable reserves have 
been extracted. 

Work will continue on New Hope’s development assets at Burton, Lenton and the North Surat, with the Burton 
coking coal project being the most prospective short-term development opportunity. Final approvals will be 
sought for the Lenton project, with exploration and feasibility planning ongoing for the North Surat Group of 
projects.

Coal markets have been, and are likely to remain, volatile in the near term, however, demand for high quality 
thermal coal remains strong across Asia. For most Asian countries, thermal coal will continue to be a significant 
component of their energy mix for many years to come, underpinned by continued investment in new coal fired 
power stations. 

Financial Services Portfolio

Dividends paid to WHSP: $19.1 million 
Value of WHSP’s Holding: $353 million*

Listed and unlisted entities

* Market values, costs or Directors’ valuations

Dividends  
paid to WHSP

 $ 19.1 

million

The assets in the Financial Services Portfolio include investments in funds management, corporate advisory and 
Listed Investment Companies (LICs). This portfolio provides WHSP with exposure to both Australian and interna-
tional equities. 

The market valuations of some of the assets in this portfolio reduced during the year ended 31 July 2019, leading 
to a reduction for the portfolio as a whole. Despite this, the total value of the portfolio at the end of the year was 
$353.1 million, significantly higher than its cost base of just over $260 million. 

WHSP increased the portfolio’s investment in Ironbark Asset Management during the period from 13.9% to 25.6%. 
Ironbark provides asset management solutions for investors and financial advisers by partnering with best in class 
investment managers across a range of asset classes.

WHSP realised part of its investment in Milton Corporation during the year producing proceeds of $13.4 million 
and a gain of $5.3 million.

Pengana Capital Group, in which the portfolio has a 38.6% shareholding, successfully launched its Pengana 
Private Equity Trust (ASX code: PE1) during the year. PE1 listed on the ASX in April 2019 having raised in excess of 
$205 million. It provides an opportunity for Australian investors to gain access to a diversified portfolio of global 
private equity fund investments, with daily liquidity, through a single ASX trade.

As at 31 July 2019 

BKI Investment Company Limited (ASX: BKI)

Contact Asset Management Pty Limited

Ironbark Asset Management

Milton Corporation Limited (ASX: MLT)

Pengana Capital Group Limited (ASX: PCG)

Pengana International Equities Limited (ASX: PIA)

Pitt Capital Partners Limited

URB Investments Limited (ASX: URB)

WHSP’s 
Holding 
%

8.5%

20.0%

25.6%

3.3%

38.6%

9.6%

100.0%

12.4%

Contribution to WHSP

WHSP received dividends of $19.1 million from the Financial Services Portfolio during the year, up 24.1%  
from $15.4 million in 2018.

The Financial Services Portfolio contributed $23.5 million to the Group’s regular profit after tax for the year  
(2018: $18.3 million).

16

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Annual Report 2019

17

New Hope

 
 
 
Review of Group Entities

Pharmaceutical Portfolio

Dividends paid to WHSP: $9.0 million 
Total Market Capitalisation: $1.17 billion 
Value of WHSP’s Holding: $265 million

Listed entities

Dividends  
paid to WHSP

 $ 9.0 

million

The Pharmaceutical Portfolio is made up of Australian Pharmaceutical Industries Limited (API), Palla Pharma 
Limited (formerly TPI Enterprises Limited) and Apex Healthcare Berhad. API and Palla are listed on the ASX and 
Apex is listed on the Main Board of Bursa Malaysia.

As at 31 July 2019 

Australian Pharmaceutical Industries Limited (ASX: API)

Apex Healthcare Berhad (Bursa Malaysia code: APEX MK)

Palla Pharma Limited (ASX: PAL) 
(formerly TPI Enterprises Limited)

WHSP’s 
Holding 
%

19.3%

30.1%

19.9%

API 

API’s financial year ended on 31 August 2019. The results for the full year are not expected to be released to the 
market until late October 2019.

For the six months ended 28 February 2019, API reported the following results which are compared to those of 
the first half last year:
 1 Total revenue was up 6.6% to $1.98 billion, excluding the impact of Hepatitis C medicine sales and PBS 

Reforms.

 1 Earnings before interest and tax of $44.4 million, up 5.8%.
 1 Net profit after tax (NPAT) of $25.0 million, up 0.2%, including the impact of financing costs associated with 

the purchase of shares in Sigma Healthcare and the acquisition of Clear Skincare.

 1 Underlying NPAT of $26.8 million, in line with 2018.

API commented that its performance for the period was solid, with Priceline Pharmacy returning to positive 
like-for-like sales growth, its Consumer Brands business expanding once again, and the effective bedding in its 
Clear Skincare acquisition.

API has completed the first stage of its acquisition of Clear Skincare Clinics a leading provider of non-invasive 
aesthetic services such as laser hair removal, skin treatments and cosmetic injectables. Clear Skincare has 
continued its strong growth trajectory with revenue increasing by 21% over the first half of 2018. Three new clinics 
were opened during the half, taking the total to 47.

In May 2019, API paid a fully franked interim dividend of 3.75 cents per share, up 7.1% on 2018. This represents a 
payout ratio of 77.0% for the half and reflects the confidence of the API Board in the future performance of the 
Company.

Apex Healthcare 

Apex develops, manufactures, markets and distributes: pharmaceuticals; diagnostic products and equipment; 
consumer healthcare products; and orthopaedic devices. It has operations in Malaysia, Singapore, Vietnam and 
Myanmar and is publicly listed on the Main Board of Bursa Malaysia.

While Apex’s results are converted to Australian dollars (AUD) in WHSP’s results, the percentage movements 
shown below are based on Malaysian Ringgit (MYR) movements to aid comparison.

For the six months ended 30 June 2019 Apex generated revenue of $116.5 million, an increase of 4.1% in MYR 
over the previous corresponding six month period. The net profit after tax attributable to shareholders was 
$8.5 million, a reduction of 8.4% in MYR compared to the first half of 2018. The result was impacted by higher 
operating and finance costs associated with the start-up of Apex’s new manufacturing facility, SPP Novo.

The SPP Novo manufacturing facility in Malacca Malaysia added 19,400 square metres to Apex’s manufacturing 
campus at Cheng Industrial Estate, more than doubling its production floor space. Apex is in the process of 
transferring its high volume oral dosage products to SPP Novo.

Apex’s share price has continued to perform well, increasing by 18.9% in MYR and 27.1% in AUD for the 12 months 
to 31 July 2019. 

Apex has declared an interim dividend of 0.54 cents per share for the six months ended 30 June 2019. After 
adjusting for the bonus issue in June, this represents an increase of 4.6% over last year in MYR and 7.5% in AUD.

Palla Pharma (formerly TPI Enterprises)

Palla is an internationally licenced narcotic producer supplying pain relief products. It has fully integrated 
operations taking product from the farm gate to tablet production and has operations in Victoria and Norway.

Palla has developed an innovative, efficient and environmentally sustainable water-based method for extracting 
narcotic raw material from opium poppies. Its manufacturing cost advantage is central to its strategy to achieve 
significant market share growth. 

For the six months ended 30 June 2019, Palla reported the following results which are compared to those of the 
first half last year:
 1 Record revenue of $27.3 million, up 20.3%. 
 1 Gross profit margin of 34.6%, up 126 bps.
 1 Operating earnings before interest and tax up $2.1 million, to $0.3 million.
 1 Underlying net loss of $2.3 million (2018 $3.9 million loss).

Increases in Narcotic Raw Material extraction rates and Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient production led to a 
substantial improvement in operational efficiencies and an enhanced gross profit margin. Palla plans to increase 
its Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient production by a further 50% by the end of its 2019 financial year.

Contribution to WHSP

WHSP received dividends of $9.0 million from the Pharmaceutical Portfolio during the year, up 12.2% from 
$8.0 million in 2018.

WHSP has equity accounted Apex’s and Palla’s results for the 12 months to 30 June 2019 and API’s result for the  
12 months to 28 February 2019. 

The Pharmaceutical Portfolio contributed $15.0 million to the Group’s regular profit after tax for the year (2018: 
$13.3 million). 

18

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Annual Report 2019

api

19

Review of Group Entities

Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited 

Controlled entities: 100% held 
Value of WHSP’s Holding: $188 million*

Unlisted entity

* Directors’ valuation

Round Oak is a mining and exploration company focused primarily on the production of copper, zinc and gold. 
Round Oak has several assets throughout Australia which are currently in production or under development. 

Queensland assets 

Commissioning of the gold processing facilities at Cloncurry was completed in the second half of 2018 with first 
gold production in December. This facility processes ore from Round Oak’s portfolio of satellite open pit gold 
mines which will feed the plant over an initial two year period.

The Mt Colin underground copper mine commenced mining activities in July 2018 with underground mine 
development on schedule. The first ore was produced in May 2019, having been delayed by activities at the mine 
being slowed in January and February 2019 by the impacts of an extreme weather event which caused wide 
scale flooding in north-west Queensland. Copper ore from Mt Colin will be toll treated at Glencore’s Ernest Henry 
operation commencing in October 2019. 

Development of the Barbara open pit copper mine commenced in February 2019, with first ore produced in June 
2019. As with Mt Colin, production was delayed by the extreme weather event in January and February. Copper 
ore from Barbara will be toll treated at Glencore’s Mt Isa operation commencing in October 2019.

Western Australian assets (Jaguar)

Ore production from the Bentley underground mine at Jaguar reduced in the latter part of 2018 as the focus 
shifted to completing mine development to open up additional mining fronts, including the new high grade 
Bentayga ore lens, to enable higher production rates in FY20. A new lens (Pegasus) was discovered in 2019 and 
will significantly add to the Bentley mineral inventory.

Work on the Definition Phase Study (DPS) for the development of the Triumph resource at Jaguar commenced 
in 2019 with this project having the potential to both increase production capacity and extend the life of 
Jaguar beyond its current four year mine life. The DPS is expected to be completed in the second half of 2019.

Victorian assets (Stockman)

The Stockman copper-zinc project in north-east Victoria, acquired in 2017, continued through its approval and 
permitting phase with the final primary approval (the Mine Work Plan) granted in April 2019. A Selection Phase 
Study was completed in 2019.

Exploration

Exploration activities are continuing in north-west Queensland on a number of prospective targets for the 
purpose of identifying additional copper and gold resources for future mining activities within the operating 
radius of the Cloncurry processing facilities. 

An exploration programme aimed at increasing the mineral resource base at Stockman continued with the 
testing of both new and existing targets. This has resulted in two additional mineral resources (Eureka and Big 
Foot) being added to the mineral inventory in early 2019. 

Exploration activities continued on two fronts at Jaguar: Brownfields exploration aimed at identifying 
additional near-mine base metals resources; and Greenfields exploration testing base metals and gold targets 
further from the current mining operations. Early results have been encouraging and these programmes will 
continue into FY20.

Contribution to WHSP

Round Oak contributed a regular after tax loss of $54.1 million to the Group’s result for the year (2018: 
$9.7 million). In the current year, the increased regular loss after tax arose principally from:
 1 Start-up expenses for new projects and increased corporate overhead, exacerbated by delays caused  

by extreme weather events causing flooding; and

 1 A reduction in production volumes and increased operating costs at Jaguar to realign the mining 

sequence. This realignment is expected to benefit future production.

The statutory loss after tax of $73.5 million includes a non-regular impairment charge of $18.0 million following 
a reassessment of the carrying values of development and exploration assets.

20

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Annual Report 2019

21

Round Oak Minerals

Review of Group Entities

Property

In August 2018 WHSP completed the sale of its head office building at 160 Pitt Street Sydney for $95.0 million.  
The non-regular gain on sale of $69.0 million after tax was taken up during the year.

The redevelopment and subdivision of the Kingsgrove property was completed during the year. All of the 
subdivided lots have been sold and the project finalised.

Construction of the warehouse and distribution centre at Prestons was completed during the year and the 
tenanted property sold.

WHSP has maintained its ownership of: the office building at Pennant Hills; the industrial property at Castle Hill; 
and its 50.1% interest in Penrith shopping centre and hotel.

The carrying value of the Property Portfolio (net of borrowings) reduced by $93 million during the year. The 
reduction due to the sales discussed above was partly offset by the repayment of bank debt. No property values 
were written down during the year.

Pitt Street Real Estate Partners continues to investigate opportunities to add to WHSP’s property portfolio, whilst 
also considering the sale of mature assets.

Contribution to WHSP

Property contributed $11.0 million to the Group’s regular profit after tax for the year (2018: $4.3 million). 

Other Investments

As at 31 July 2019 

Listed

Bailador Technology Investments Limited

Clover Corporation Limited

Heritage Brands Limited

Lindsay Australia Limited

Novonix Limited

Unlisted

Ampcontrol Pty Limited

Aquatic Achievers

Dimeo Cleaning Services

Seven Miles Coffee Roasters Pty Limited

Specialist Oncology Property Pty Limited

Verdant Minerals Limited 

WHSP’s 
Holding 
%

19.1%

21.7%

25.1%

18.7%

12.5%

42.9%

100%

16.1%

40.0%

17.6%

33.4%

Sustainability Report

Sustainable Investment

WHSP has a proud history of focussing on our investors and delivering strong net returns over the long-term and 
thinking, behaving and investing responsibly underpins this approach. Our single overarching purpose is to hold 
a diversified portfolio of assets, which generate a growing income stream for distribution to shareholders in the 
form of fully franked dividends and to provide capital growth in the value of shareholders’ investments.

We recognise the evolving expectations of our key stakeholders in considering relevant environmental, social 
and governance-related (ESG) factors in our investment philosophy. While consideration of ESG factors has been 
a cornerstone of our investment approach and we pride ourselves on the sustainable nature of our investment 
operations, we understand the need to increase our transparency on the ways in which we consider these factors 
across the lifecycle of our investment portfolio. 

In line with this, in FY19 we undertook a strategic review of our current approach to sustainable investment, 
consideration of climate-related risks and opportunities, and human rights issues across our own operations and 
investment footprint. The exercise resulted in the development of WHSP’s inaugural Sustainable Investment, 
Climate Change and Human Rights Policies. These policies, which have been approved by the Board, are informed 
by leading frameworks and guidelines, with the objective of ensuring WHSP is aligned with industry peers in our 
approach to managing these issues.

Case 
Study
#1

Insights from stakeholder perception survey

To keep abreast with stakeholders’ expectations with regards to ESG factors, WHSP engaged an external 
consultant in FY19 to review the current perceptions of WHSP in the market. Key insights from this exercise 
include:
 1 Investors appreciate WHSP’s key strengths, including the consistency of dividends and a strong, 

high-calibre management team; and,

 1 Investors are expecting an increased level of disclosure and engagement with the market around ESG 

issues and climate change in particular.

These results support the need to increase WHSP’s disclosures in relation to the way sustainable investing and 
climate change issues are considered across the breadth of our portfolio, and across the investment lifecycle.

Our approach to Sustainable Investment 

Approved by the Board in September 2019, the Sustainable Investment Policy articulates how our investment 
approach is informed by the proactive consideration of ESG factors and their impacts on our investment portfolio 
in order to achieve enhanced investment outcomes over the long-term. 

Our values are central to our culture and to the long-term investment success of the company. At the core of our 
approach are three values:
 1 We are custodians of shareholders’ wealth – we aim to deliver superior returns to our shareholders in 
a cost efficient manner. We also aim to influence and encourage our investees, where possible, to be cost 
effective in what they do.

 1 We are long-term and disciplined investors – we believe that shareholders’ wealth is enhanced by 
investing with a long-term outlook, which requires making disciplined investment decisions which will 
deliver strong returns over the long-term. This may require investment decisions which are contrarian and/or 
counter cyclical in nature.

 1 We value our reputation – trust and reputation are at the heart of our brand. Our reputation as an ethical, 
trusted and respected company underpins our long-term success. We seek to be an investor of choice to 
create sustainable investments which make a positive contribution to their stakeholders. 

22

23

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Sustainability Report

Investment principles

Our purpose is defined by five core principles which we believe are fundamental to achieving long-term 
sustainable returns. These are:
 1 Make sensible decisions: we bring an in-depth understanding of the sector in which capital is being 

deployed, including ESG factors, demand and supply dynamics, competitive environment and regulation;  
we evaluate opportunities based on facts and information; we focus on downside risks to any investment, 
but also look at avenues for mitigating these risks; we are active owners. 

 1 Think outside the box: while WHSP has historically been an equity investor, our unconstrained mandate 
means that we can invest in anything; we look for value in sectors and/or asset classes which are not on the 
radar of other investors.

 1 Have the courage to act: we have confidence in WHSP’s ability to make the right investments at the right 

time; we do not conform to the market’s opinions.

 1 Think long-term and have patience for the right opportunity: WHSP can afford to take a long-term 

view as we do not need to deploy capital within a specified timeframe and we have a strong track record as a 
long-term investor.

 1 Be different: we leverage WHSP’s reputation as an investor of choice and flexible source of capital to 

differentiate ourselves from other investors; we look for opportunities where these characteristics add value 
in any transaction.

ESG investment approach 

Our ESG investment approach is in turn guided by three core beliefs:
 1 Attention to ESG performance can improve the quality and consistency of long-term value creation.
 1 As an active owner, we are well positioned to provide counsel and independent challenge to our investees 
in relation to their approaches for managing ESG risks, and taking advantage of ESG opportunities, therefore 
enhancing returns.

 1 Our actions and decisions can affect practices in the entities in which we invest. We have both a duty and 
an interest in managing this influence to maximise long-term value for our investee companies and our 
investors.

ESG governance and oversight

The Board is responsible for making investment decisions and considers ESG issues in relation to new and existing 
investments on an ongoing basis.

The management team are tasked with reporting to the Board on issues affecting the sustainability of its 
investments and it is a requirement of every new investment proposal to specifically address ESG risks and 
opportunities.

Case 
Study
#2

Our sustainable investment approach in action

Brickworks 

Year invested: 1969

Brickworks is one of Australia’s leading providers of building products and has a sustainable vision for the 
future of the built environment. Over recent years, Brickworks has committed to increasing its level of 
disclosures in relation to ESG. In FY19 Brickworks developed a Sustainability Framework to link their sustaina-
bility commitments with their business strategy and purpose of creating beautiful products that last forever. 
Delivering on this strategy is underpinned by the following key topics: People, Community, Environment and 
Responsible Business. 

During FY20 Brickworks will be formally incorporating ESG issues into the charter of the Audit and Risk 
Committee as well as into their five-year Sustainability Strategy. 

24

Case 
Study
#3

Our sustainable investment approach in action

Kangaroo Island Plantation Timbers 

Year invested: 2017

KIPT is Australia’s only listed timberland company with a market capitalisation of $110m+. The company  
owns and manages 25,000 hectares of land on Kangaroo Island, South Australia, with 14,200 hectares planted 
with hardwood and softwood. The remaining 7,300 hectares is remnant native vegetation that is home 
unique to endangered wildlife. KIPT also owns Kangaroo Island’s sawmill and a potential seaport site which 
is going through final approvals prior to the commencement of construction in order to export the mature 
plantation timber.

Having originally invested in KIPT in May 2017, WHSP is the third largest shareholder and views this invest-
ment as not only an opportunity for portfolio diversification, but an investment that offers sustainable returns 
in the longer term. Timber as an asset class is viewed as having significant growth potential with stable, 
predictable returns. 

KIPT is committed to being a responsible and prominent part of the local Kangaroo Island community 
and to maintaining the highest standards of environmental stewardship. Apart from providing stable jobs 
and sustainable industry, KIPT supports Kangaroo Island through a range of sponsorships and community 
engagement. Construction of the Seaport will create employment opportunities and is expected to generate 
10% extra island residences. The company has conducted numerous environmental studies and is committed 
to the conservation and protection of the natural environment and its wildlife.

Refer to our Sustainable Investment Policy. (see www.whsp.com.au/corporate-governance/) 

Climate Change in the context of our business

Climate change is an important issue for our environment, economy and society, which is affecting regulation 
and driving changes in demand for products and services. We acknowledge that climate change may affect the 
performance of our investment portfolio to varying degrees across our investee companies, sectors and through 
time, as a consequence of regulatory changes and the physical and social and transition impacts of climate change. 
We recognise that from an investment perspective, climate change will lead to both risks and opportunities.

WHSP’s portfolio as at 31 July 2019 based on Net Asset Value has an estimated exposure to climate-related risks  
in the following areas:
 1 19% of our portfolio is invested in energy producers; and 
 1 At a minimum, 38% of our portfolio is invested in large energy users.

Our climate change commitments 

We are committed to assessing the resilience of our investment portfolio against climate-related risks and 
opportunities, identifying any associated financial impacts and providing relevant disclosures to our stakeholders. 
This will increasingly include reference to climate-risk disclosures published by our current and potential investees 
prepared in accordance with the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Recommendations.

Building on our approach to date, our future climate change commitments will focus on the following four themes:
 1 We will consider climate-related impacts in our investment decision-making and ongoing engagement, 

including at the Board and Senior Executive levels, as they relate to WHSP’s portfolio.

 1 We will work to understand and assess how climate-related impacts (both risks and opportunities) on our 
investment portfolio will develop over time and take this into account when making strategic decisions on 
behalf of our investors.

 1 We will continue integrating ESG risk considerations, including climate change risks, into our investment 

decisions and ensuring our active ownership engagement and pivoting activities consider climate-related 
impacts material to the companies in which we invest.

 1 We will progressively engage with our investee companies to provide disclosures on their respective green-

house gas emissions footprint and other key climate-related metrics and leverage these disclosures to inform 
our assessment of the carbon intensity associated with our investment portfolio to understand the risks may 
lie across our portfolio and to provide our investors and other stakeholders with climate-related information.

Refer to our Climate Change Policy. (see www.whsp.com.au/corporate-governance/) 

25

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Sustainability Report

Case 
Study
#4

Case 
Study
#5

New Hope and the future of coal

New Hope Corporation Limited 

Year invested: 1970

We recognise that a transition to a low carbon global economy is under way, which will impact demand for 
traditional energy sources. Consequently, there is growing interest from capital markets, including investors 
and regulators, on climate-related risks and opportunities relevant to fossil fuel based businesses that may 
have longer term financial impacts.

Given the nature of New Hope’s business, we have engaged with New Hope’s board and management over 
the past year to understand how they are identifying and managing climate-related impacts. 

Alongside this, we also continue to assess reputable external sources to inform our understanding of broader 
macro trends over the short, medium and long-term. In relation to coal in particular, while global demand is 
expected to decline over the long-term as the global economy transitions away from traditional, fossil-fuel 
intensive energy sources, demand for higher-quality coal, particularly among key Asian markets, is expected 
to either grow or remain stable based on the International Energy Agency’s (IEA) 2018 World Energy Outlook.1

IEA Scenario Analysis2

WHSP has analysed the outlook for coal based on the IEA’s three most commonly referenced scenarios. In 
the New Policies Scenario, the proportion of coal in the primary energy mix declines from 27% to approxi-
mately 22%, however the gross demand for coal will remain relatively static. The New Policies Scenario sees 
Australian coal demand increase by 0.6% per annum (CAAGR3) to 2040 and in the Sustainable Development 
Scenario, coal consumption decreases steeply to account for only a less than 12% share of global primary 
energy (a reduction of 3.6% CAAGR to 2040). Under any scenario, WHSP believes that: 
 1 new supply will be constrained by regulatory risk and capital availability; 
 1 many existing mines will come to an end as coal is fully depleted or high cost mines are no longer 

economic; and,

 1 the market will demand higher quality coal to reduce carbon emissions. 

As the global economy transitions towards a lower carbon future, demand for coal will continue to play a role 
in providing reliable and affordable energy. New Hope, with its supply of low-cost and high-quality coal, is 
well positioned to meet this demand.

New Hope environment and community engagement

New Hope is a leader in the best practice rehabilitation of open-cut coal mines and is committed to the 
progressive rehabilitation of disturbed land across its operations. New Hope have an extensive rehabilitation 
program and strive to return mined land to productive use post-mining. New Hope uses industry leading 
progressive rehabilitation techniques and have achieved considerable success in returning rehabilitated land to 
cattle grazing. In FY2019 the Queensland State Government certified 349 hectares of rehabilitated land at New 
Acland Mine. This is the largest single area of certified rehabilitation for an open cut coal mine in the State.

New Hope aims to be an integral and accepted part of the communities in which it operates. To achieve this, 
New Hope engages directly and actively with stakeholders and invests local communities, giving time, skills 
and financial support. Examples include:
 1 The New Acland Community Investment Fund assists not-for-profit community groups and organisa-
tions through providing grants to support community based initiatives and projects which develop 
long-term positive outcomes for the communities around the New Acland mine.

 1 The Bengalla mine works closely with the Upper Hunter community through support for local schools 
and students providing opportunities for work experience, apprenticeships and scholarships; partici-
pating in school careers days and STEM activities and, hosting school tours of the mine. The mine also 
supports academic enrichment for Aboriginal students, providing financial and in-kind assistance to 
community organisations, groups and clubs and, has implemented voluntary Planning Agreement with 
the Muswellbrook Shire Council.

International Energy Agency 2018, World Energy Outlook 2018. Available at: https://www.iea.org/weo2018/
1 
2 
Source: IEA, World Energy Outlook 2018, chapter 5
3  CAAGR = compound annual average growth rate

26

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Annual Report 2019

New Hope  
sponsorship of 
CareFlight

Our approach to Human Rights and Modern Slavery preparedness

We support the fundamental principles of human rights across our business and our investment portfolio. Our 
respect for the protection and preservation of human rights is guided by the principles outlined in recognised 
international standards and frameworks.

We recognise that as an investment company, our responsibility in respecting human rights spans the following 
three domains:
 1 Our role as an employer: we are committed to respecting the human rights of our employees through 
our internal employment policies and practices, such as our Diversity Policy and Remuneration Committee 
Charter. The promotion of fair work, equity, diversity and inclusivity are key components of our corporate 
culture, and we aim to ensure all our employees work in a safe and professional work environment. 

 1 Our role as a buyer: we expect our suppliers to respect human rights in their own operations and related 
supply chains. We encourage our suppliers to undertake human rights due diligence and adopt similar 
principles with their own key suppliers.

 1 Our role as an investor: we integrate the consideration of ESG factors, including human rights, in our 

investment decision making and ongoing portfolio management processes. As active owners, this includes 
engagement with our investee companies where we seek to incorporate respect for human rights and 
demonstrate a commitment to fundamental principles of human rights through our various engagement 
avenues.

Modern Slavery Legislation

Following the introduction of the Australian Modern Slavery Act (2018), we will be required to publish our 
inaugural Modern Slavery Statement outlining our actions to identify, assess and manage modern slavery risks in 
our direct operations, investments and supply chain. 

Refer to our Human Rights Policy. (see www.whsp.com.au/corporate-governance/)

Our future focus

Building on our activities in FY19, we are committed to evolving our approaches across these areas and providing 
further transparency on our progress, challenges encountered and future commitments. 

In FY20, WHSP will:
 1 Actively implement our Sustainable Investment, Climate Change and Human Rights Policies on our own 

operations and through active engagement with our investee companies. 

 1 In preparation for issuing our inaugural Modern Slavery Statement following the completion of FY19 reporting, 
we will complete a risk assessment across our direct operations, investments and direct suppliers to inform 
future actions. This will enable us to disclose a preliminary perspective on our key modern slavery risks. 
 1 We will build on our existing analysis of our climate-related risks and opportunities to further quantify these 
factors in relation to current portfolio and potential investments. We will use the output of this exercise in 
conjunction with feedback from our investors and our active engagement with our investees, to encourage 
our investees where possible, to adopt climate risk disclosures prepared in accordance with the TCFD 
Recommendations.

27

Directors’ Report

The Directors of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited (WHSP, Parent Company) present their 
report and the financial statements of the Consolidated Entity, being the Parent Company and its subsidiaries (the 
Group), for the financial year ended 31 July 2019.

Directors

Chairman

Managing Director

The following persons were Directors of WHSP for the whole of the financial year and up to the date of this report:
 1 Mr R D Millner 
 1 Mr T J Barlow 
 1 Mrs T L Fuller
 1 Mr M J Hawker 
 1 Mr T C D Millner 
 1 Mr W M Negus 
 1 Mr R G Westphal   

Lead Independent Director

Principal Activities

WHSP is an investment company with a diversified portfolio of assets across a range of industries. The principal 
activities of the entities in the Consolidated Entity during the course of the financial year were: equity investment; 
mining; and property investment. There were no significant changes in the nature of the Consolidated Entity’s 
principal activities during the year. 

Dividends

Dividends paid or declared by the Parent Company since the end of the previous financial year were:

Cents  
Per Share
cents

Total 
Amount
$’000

Franking
%

Date of  
Payment

Declared and paid during the year

Final ordinary dividend 2018
Interim ordinary dividend 2019

Dealt with in the financial report as dividends

Declared after the end of the year

Final ordinary dividend 2019

33
24

57

34

79,000
57,455

136,455

100%
100%

10 December 2018
9 May 2019 

81,394

100%

9 December 2019

Review of Operations

The profit after tax attributable to shareholders for the year ended 31 July 2019 was $247.9 million, 7.1% lower 
than last year. 

The result was driven by increased dividend and interest income and increased contributions from Brickworks, 
New Hope, the Property Portfolio and the Financial Services Portfolio.

These gains were offset by a disappointing result from Round Oak Minerals principally due to:
 1 start-up expenses for new projects and increased corporate overhead, exacerbated by delays caused by 

extreme weather events causing flooding; and

 1 a reduction in production volumes and increased operating costs at Jaguar to realign the mining sequence. 

This realignment is expected to benefit future production.

The contribution from TPG Telecom decreased due to the continuing margin impact from the NBN rollout and 
impairments.

Comparison with the prior year is as follows:

Revenue from continuing operations
Profit after tax attributable to shareholders

Interim Dividend (paid in May each year)
Final Dividend (payable 9 December 2019)

Total Dividends

2019
$000

1,615,888
247,943

24 cents
34 cents

58 cents

2018
$000

1,174,7481
266,846

23 cents
33 cents

56 cents

Change 
%

+ 37.6%
– 7.1%

+ 4.3%
+ 3.0%

+ 3.6%

1.  Comparative figure has been restated to present the impact of the discontinued operations as outlined in note 8 of the  

Consolidated Financial Statements.

For further information regarding the operations of the Group refer to the Chairman’s Review and the Review of 
Group Entities on pages 3 to 22 of this annual report.

State of Affairs

In the opinion of the Directors there were no significant changes in the state of affairs of the Consolidated Entity 
that occurred during the financial year under review not otherwise disclosed in this report or the Consolidated 
Entity’s financial statements.

Financial Position, Financial Instruments and Going Concern

The Directors believe the Group is in a strong and stable position to grow its current operations.

Details of financial risk management objectives and policies are set out in note 23 of the consolidated financial 
statements.

The Directors, having made appropriate enquiries, consider that the Group has adequate resources to continue 
in its operational businesses for the foreseeable future and have therefore continued to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the financial statements.

Events Subsequent to the Reporting Date

The Directors are not aware of any other event or circumstance since the end of the financial year not otherwise 
dealt with in this report or the consolidated financial statements that has or may significantly affect the operations 
of the Consolidated Entity, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Consolidated Entity in 
subsequent years. Refer to note 9 of the consolidated financial statements.

28

29

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Directors' Report

Likely Developments, Business Strategy and Prospects

Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited (Round Oak)

Other than as discussed in the Review of Group Entities, information about likely developments, business strategy 
and prospects and the expected results in subsequent financial years have not been disclosed because the 
Directors believe, on reasonable grounds, that to include such information would be likely to result in unreason-
able prejudice to the Consolidated Entity.

Corporate Governance Statement 

The Parent Company’s Corporate Governance Statement may be viewed in the Corporate Governance section 
of the Company’s web site at http://www.whsp.com.au/whsp/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/WHSP-Corporate-
Governance-Statement.pdf

Workplace Gender Equality

In accordance with the requirements of the Workplace Gender Equality Act 2012, WHSP lodged its annual public 
report for the year ended 31 March 2019 with the Workplace Gender Equality Agency on 27 May 2019.

The report may be viewed in the Employment section of the Company’s web site at www.whsp.com.au.

Environmental Compliance

The Group was subject to the reporting requirements of the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 
2007 during the year. This Act requires the Group to report its annual greenhouse gas emissions and energy use. 
The Group has implemented systems and processes for the collection and calculation of the data required and 
submitted its 2017/18 report to the Greenhouse and Energy Data Officer on 29 October 2018. The report was 
resubmitted on 31 July 2019 with minor amendments.

New Hope Group (NHG)

NHG was not prosecuted for any breach of environmental laws during the 2019 financial year.

A Penalty Infringement Notice was received during 2019 for an environmental compliance matter regarding noise 
at its New Acland operations. No environmental harm was caused by the environmental compliance matter, 
however NHG has taken corrective actions to minimise the likelihood of reoccurrence.

Environmental performance

NHG’s businesses include coal mining operations and exploration activities in Queensland and New South Wales 
(NSW), the Queensland Bulk Handling coal export port facility and oil and gas operations and exploration activities 
in Queensland.

The key pieces of Queensland environmental legislation are the Environmental Protection Act 1994, the Water Act 
2000, and the Nature Conservation Act 1992. The principle environmental legislation in NSW is: Environmental Planning 
and Assessment Act 1979; Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997; and Water Management Act 2000.

The main Commonwealth environmental legislation is the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 
1999, which operates across Australian states and territories in the interests of the protection of matters of national 
environmental significance.

NHG’s operations continue to undertake proactive initiatives to improve their environmental performance. During 
2019 NHG received official certification for 349 hectares of progressive rehabilitation at its New Acland operations.

Environmental systems

During the year NHG adhered to its Environmental policy which is aligned with the requirements of the ISO 14001 
standard and its operations have continued improvement of the Environmental Management System (EMS). The 
EMS enables NHG’s operations to effectively manage their environmental performance by increasing environmental 
awareness, optimising operational control, monitoring compliance and facilitating continuous improvement.

Environmental reporting

NHG’s operational sites have submitted reports under the National Pollutant Inventory program.

Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited operates in four state government jurisdictions, regulated under each state’s 
environmental legislation and polices.

Round Oak’s Queensland Operations consist of 22 Exploration Tenements (EPMs) and 11 Mining Leases (MLs), 
with one ML in application at year end. The mining operations and exploration tenements are environmentally 
regulated by the Department of Environment and Science (DES) under Queensland’s Environmental Protection Act 
(1994). Mining operations and exploration tenements each function under an Environmental Authority that permit 
and condition site activities. All activities on EPMs have been reported as compliant in the past year.

A third Queensland site, the Barbara open pit copper mine, transitioned to operation during 2019, joining the Great 
Australia Operations (including the Wallace South gold mine and Cloncurry processing facilities); and the Mt Colin 
underground copper mine. 

DES has concerns with respect to the Great Australia Operations’ legacy groundwater quality. Round Oak continues 
to manage and consult with DES regarding these concerns. Four Penalty Infringement Notices were issued for 
Round Oak’s Queensland operations, two of which related to groundwater monitoring at the Great Australia 
Operation, one relating to water storage capacity at Mt Colin, and one related to the late submission of a post land 
use plan for Wallace South, all of which were rectified during the reporting period. Water remains a key manage-
ment and compliance aspect for the Queensland operations.

Round Oak’s White Dam Gold Mine, in South Australia, is regulated by the Department of Premier and Cabinet and 
the Environmental Protection Authority S.A. under state legislation. Only processing and rehabilitation activities 
were undertaken in 2019. Round Oak received approval of its updated Program of Environmental Protection and 
Rehabilitation (PEPR) which details closure and rehabilitation activities. The updated PEPR included the proposed 
installation and operation of the SART (Sulphurisation, Acidification, Recycling and Thickening) processing option, 
which may also assist with mine closure activities. Regulatory approvals necessary to undertake SART processing 
have now been obtained with no changes to the existing EPA licence (25543) required. Round Oak conducts envi-
ronmental monitoring and annual compliance reporting in accordance with its MLs and PEPR, and the operation 
has complied with all conditions of approval, applicable compliance standards and required outcomes in 2019.

The Jaguar base metals operation in Western Australia, acquired by Round Oak in June 2018, is regulated by the 
Department of Mines, Industry Regulation and Safety and the Department of Water and Environment Regulation 
under state legislation. The operation is required to submit a revised Mine Closure Plan (MCP) by September 2020 
reflecting an extension to the current mine life. 

The Stockman base metals project in north-east Victoria, acquired by Round Oak in December 2017, is regulated 
by the Earth Resources Regulation branch of the Department of Economic Development, Transport and Resources, 
the Environmental Protection Authority Victoria and the Department of Environment, Land, Water and Planning. 
Following Round Oak being granted an Infrastructure Mining Licence over the historic tailings facility in July 2018, 
the Stockman Project had its Work Plan approved in 2019.

30

31

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Directors' Report

Directors

Information regarding the Directors of the Parent Company.

Robert Dobson Millner FAICD
Chairman  
Non-executive Director since 1984, appointed Chairman 1998.  
Member of the Nomination, Remuneration and Risk Committees 

Mr Millner has extensive experience in the investment industry. 

Other current listed company directorships:
 1 Apex Healthcare Berhad – Appointed 2000
 1 Australian Pharmaceutical Industries Limited – Appointed 2000
 1 Brickworks Limited – Appointed 1997 Chairman since 1999
 1 BKI Investment Company Limited – Appointed Chairman 2003
 1 Milton Corporation Limited – Appointed 1998 Chairman since 2002
 1 New Hope Corporation Limited – Appointed 1995 Chairman since 1998
 1 TPG Telecom Limited – Appointed 2000
Former listed company directorships in the past three years:
 1 Hunter Hall Global Value Limited – Appointed as an interim Director April 2017. Resigned June 2017

Todd James Barlow B.Bus, LLB(Hons)(UTS) 
Managing Director since 2015 
Member of the Risk Committee

Mr Barlow was appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Company in April 2014 having previously been the 
Managing Director of Pitt Capital Partners Limited for five years. 

Mr Barlow has extensive experience in mergers and acquisitions, equity capital markets and investing and has 
been responsible for a number of WHSP’s investments since joining the WHSP Group in 2004. His career has 
spanned positions in law and investment banking in Sydney and Hong Kong.

Mr Barlow has a Bachelor of Business and Bachelor of Laws (Honours) from the University of Technology, Sydney.

Other current listed company directorships:
 1 New Hope Corporation Limited – Appointed 2015
 1 Palla Pharma Limited – Appointed 2015 
Former listed company directorships in the past three years:
 1 PM Capital Asian Opportunities Fund Limited – Appointed 2015. Resigned 2017

Tiffany Lee Fuller B.Com(UniMelb), CA, GAICD 
Non-executive Director since 2017 
Member of the Audit, Nomination, Remuneration and Risk Committees.

Mrs Fuller is an experienced public company director with a background in Chartered Accounting, Private Equity 
and Investment Banking. Her experience includes: financial advisory, corporate finance, investment management, 
mergers and acquisitions and management consulting.

Mrs Fuller holds a Bachelor of Commerce Degree from the University of Melbourne and is a member of Chartered 
Accountants Australia and New Zealand and a graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Other current listed company directorships:
 1 Computershare Limited – Appointed 2014
 1 Smart Parking Limited – Appointed 2011
Former listed company directorships in the past three years:
 1 Costa Group Holdings Limited – Appointed 2015. Resigned September 2018

Michael John Hawker AM B.Sc(Sydney), FAICD, SFFin
Lead Independent Director 
Non-executive Director since 2012 
Chairman of the Nomination and Risk Committees, member of the Audit and Remuneration Committees

Mr Hawker is a professional company director with over 30 years experience in financial markets and investment. 
He was Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Insurance Australia Group from 2001 to 2008. From 1995 
to 2001, Mr Hawker held a range of positions at Westpac, including Group Executive of Business and Consumer 
Banking and General Manager of Financial Markets. Prior to this, he held a number of positions at Citibank, 
including Deputy Managing Director for Australia and subsequently Executive Director, Head of Derivatives, Europe.

Mr Hawker has been: Chairman of the Insurance Council of Australia; Chairman of the Australian Financial Markets 
Association; a member of the Australian Governments Financial Sector Advisory Committee; and a member of the 
Business Council of Australia.

Other current listed company directorships:
 1 Macquarie Group Limited – Appointed 2010
Former listed company directorships in the past three years:
 1 Aviva PLC – Appointed 2010, Resigned 2019

Thomas Charles Dobson Millner B.Des(Industrial), GDipAppFin(Finsia), FFin, GAICD
Non-executive Director since 2011 
Member of the Nomination, Remuneration and Risk Committees

Mr Millner is a Director and Co-Portfolio Manager of Contact Asset Management Pty. Limited which is the 
manager of Listed Investment Companies BKI Investment Company Limited (ASX: BKI) and URB Investments 
Limited (ASX: URB). 

Mr Millner’s experience includes: 17 years within the financial services industry, including 15 years in active 
portfolio management of Australian equities; 9 years as a CEO of an Australian listed company, BKI; and 8 years as a 
Director of Australian listed companies.

Mr Millner has a Bachelor of Industrial Design degree and a Graduate Diploma in Applied Finance. He is a Fellow of 
the Financial Services Institute of Australasia and a Graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Other current listed company directorships:
 1 New Hope Corporation Limited – Appointed 2015
Former listed company directorships in the past three years:
 1 PM Capital Global Opportunities Fund Limited – Appointed 2013, Resigned 2017

Warwick Martin Negus B.Bus(UTS), M.Com(UNSW), SFFin
Non-executive Director since 2014  
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, member of the Audit, Nomination and Risk Committees

Mr Negus has over 30 years experience in the banking and finance sectors including both senior management 
and director roles. He has extensive experience in managing equity and property portfolios.

He has a Bachelor of Business Degree from the University of Technology Sydney and a Master of Commerce from 
the University of New South Wales. He is a Senior Fellow of the Financial Services Institute of Australasia (FINSIA). 

Mr Negus is a Director of Terrace Tower Group Pty. Limited and a Member of the Council of UNSW.

Other current listed company directorships:
 1 Bank of Queensland Limited – Appointed 2016
 1 Pengana Capital Group Limited – Chairman Appointed 2017
 1 URB Investments Limited – Chairman Appointed 2016
 1 Virgin Australia Holdings Limited – Appointed 2017

32

33

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Directors' Report

Robert Gordon Westphal B.Com(UNSW), FCA, FFin, MAICD 
Non-executive Director since 2006  
Chairman of the Audit Committee and member of the Nomination, Remuneration and Risk Committees

Mr Westphal is a Chartered Accountant and was a partner of Ernst & Young for 25 years. He has many years of 
experience in corporate transactions with particular emphasis on mergers and acquisitions, due diligence and 
valuation across a variety of industry sectors. Mr Westphal was formerly the Chairman of the Board of Governors  
of Queenwood School for Girls Limited for 10 years.

Company Secretary

Ian David Bloodworth

Mr Bloodworth is a Chartered Accountant with more than 30 years accounting and company secretarial expe-
rience and was appointed Company Secretary of WHSP in 2007. He was also the Company Secretary of Clover 
Corporation Limited from 2007 to 2012. Prior to joining the Company, Mr Bloodworth was Company Secretary  
of the Garratts Limited Group of Companies for 2 years and Chief Financial Officer of the Group for 6 years.

Directors’ Meetings

The number of Board meetings and meetings of committees of Directors and the number of meetings attended 
by each of the Directors of the Company during the financial year were:

e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

r
e
b
m
e
M

I,N,Re,Ri
I,Ri
A,N,Re,Ri
A,N,Re,Ri
I,N,Re,Ri
A,I,N,Re,Ri
A,N,Re,Ri

Mr R D Millner
Mr T J Barlow
Mrs T L Fuller
Mr M J Hawker
Mr T C D Millner
Mr W M Negus
Mr R G Westphal

Board

r
e
b
m
u
N

d
e
d
n
e
t
t
a

d
n
e
t
t
a

o
t
e
b
g

l

i

i
l

E

Audit 
Committee

Investment 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Risk 
Committee

o
t
e
b
g

l

i

i
l

E

r
e
b
m
u
N

d
e
d
n
e
t
t
a

d
n
e
t
t
a

o
t
e
b
g

l

i

i
l

E

r
e
b
m
u
N

d
e
d
n
e
t
t
a

d
n
e
t
t
a

o
t
e
b
g

l

i

i
l

E

r
e
b
m
u
N

d
e
d
n
e
t
t
a

d
n
e
t
t
a

o
t
e
b
g

l

i

i
l

E

r
e
b
m
u
N

d
e
d
n
e
t
t
a

d
n
e
t
t
a

o
t
e
b
g

l

i

i
l

E

r
e
b
m
u
N

d
e
d
n
e
t
t
a

d
n
e
t
t
a

13
13
13
13
13
13
13

13
13
13
13
13
13
13

–
–
7
7
–
7
7

–
–
7
7
–
7
7

2
2
–
–
2
2
–

2
2
–
–
2
2
–

1
–
1
1
1
1
1

1
–
1
1
1
1
1

2
–
2
2
2
2
2

2
–
2
2
2
2
2

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

A  Member of the Audit Committee of Directors during the year.
I  Member of the Investment Committee of Directors during the year. This Committee 
ceased as a committee of the Board in October 2018 following the appointment of 
portfolio managers.

N  Member of the Nomination Committee of Directors during the year.
Re  Member of the Remuneration Committee of Directors during the year.
Ri  Member of the Risk Committee of Directors during the year.

Directors’ Interests
Ordinary Shares

The relevant interest of each Director in the share capital of the Company, as notified to the Australian Securities 
Exchange in accordance with section 205G of the Corporations Act 2001, at the date of this report is as follows: 

Mr R D Millner

Mr T J Barlow

Mrs T L Fuller

Mr M J Hawker

Mr T C D Millner

Mr W M Negus

Mr R G Westphal

Rights to Deferred Shares

Mr T J Barlow

Ordinary Shares

19,575,093

20,523

1,800

35,300

18,872,977

47,000

23,739

Rights to  
Deferred Shares

244,903

Refer to the following Remuneration Report for further information.

Interests in Contracts

Co-investment agreement with URB Investments Limited (URB)

WHSP has entered into a co-investment agreement with URB (ASX: URB), Contact Asset Management Pty Limited 
(Contact) (in its capacity as investment manager of URB) and Pitt Street Real Estate Partners Pty Limited (PSRE).

Mr W M Negus is a director of both WHSP and URB.

Mr R D Millner is a director of both WHSP and Contact.

Mr T C D Millner is a director of both WHSP and Contact and is a 40% shareholder of Contact.

WHSP is a 20% shareholder of Contact.

Investment Management Agreement with Contact

In November 2018 WHSP entered into an Investment Management Agreement with Contact. Under this contract 
Contact is responsible for managing WHSP’s Large Caps investment portfolio and providing reports on the 
performance of that portfolio to WHSP. 

Fixed monthly fees totalling $247,500 were paid to Contact under the contact in respect of the year ended  
31 July 2019. No performance fees are payable to Contact under the contract.

The Directors, excluding Mr T C D Millner, reviewed the terms of the contact and concluded that it was more 
favourable to WHSP than an arm’s length agreement for similar services.

Mr R D Millner is a director of both WHSP and Contact.

Mr T C D Millner is a director of both WHSP and Contact and is a 40% shareholder of Contact.

WHSP is a 20% shareholder of Contact.

For further information regarding the above contracts refer to note 36 of the consolidated financial statements. 

34

35

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

Remuneration Report

Letter from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

In making remuneration decisions the Board of WHSP considers a wide range of measures such as ethical behav-
iours, operating within the law and meeting community expectations on environmental, social and governance 
standards. Whilst our remuneration is set using financial measures, the Board of WHSP is able to exercise its right 
to make changes to remuneration should outcomes fall short of expectations in these areas. In confirming the 
remuneration for this year, the Board is also explicitly confirming that management has met those standards.

Dear Shareholders, 

Yours sincerely,

On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present to you WHSP’s Remuneration Report for the financial year ended 
31 July 2019. The Company’s remuneration policy is designed with a number of things in mind:

1.  Align management incentives with the outcomes desired by our shareholders

2.  Attract and retain our key executives over the long-term

3.  Establish goals that can be easily and independently measured

4.  Reinforce a standard of ethical behaviour, compliance with laws and risk culture that are in line with 

community expectations

The financial results for WHSP in 2019 continued the positive trend that has characterised this Company over 
many years. Ordinary dividends were increased for the 19th consecutive year on the back of strong generation 
of profits and cashflow. Our post-tax Net Asset Value (NAV), after adding back dividends paid to Shareholders, 
increased by 4.6% and our total shareholder return (TSR) over the three years ending 31 July was an impressive 
12.4% per annum.

In addition to the financial results there were a number of other milestones achieved worthy of mention. WHSP 
was admitted into the ASX100. The number of shareholders in WHSP increased to over 20,500 (vs less than 19,000 
last year). Finally, after more than a century in the same building, the Company moved its head office which, apart 
from historical significance, also provided an opportunity to undertake a broad upgrade of systems.

Last year, the feedback from shareholders and their representatives about the remuneration structure and policies 
at WHSP was largely positive. As a result, we did not see a need for change. It continues to challenge management 
and incentivise outcomes that are strongly aligned with our shareholders. 

STI objectives focus management on cash flow growth and the growth of our NAV relative to the market (ASX200 
Accumulation Index). Cash flow growth is used to fund an increasing dividend. WHSP has consistently grown its 
dividends over many years and we reinforce the importance of this in our STI. Equally, we would like to see the 
growth in the value of WHSP keeping pace with the market. We especially reward management when our NAV 
grows ahead of the market.

In 2019, the Company delivered a strong result against cash flow but did not achieve a growth in NAV (after tax) 
that kept pace with the ASX200 Accumulation Index. Consequently, the STI awards for 2019 were less than 2018.

At the 2017 Annual General Meeting Shareholders endorsed a change to our LTI plan which became operational 
in the 2018 financial year. LTI now rewards achievement in two areas: TSR and long term absolute growth in our 
NAV. Over the long-term our Shareholders want their TSR to be no worse than the performance of the market. The 
LTI requires this to be achieved over the measurement period (3 years). We have also set management a hurdle of 
growing the overall value of the Company at a rate that is consistent with the risk taken. The LTI rewards growth 
over the measurement period of 3% or more. The first vesting, if these hurdles are met, will be shortly after the end 
of the 2020 financial year. If vesting occurs then the shareholder outcomes will have been positive.

The Company has used the All Ordinaries Accumulation Index as the relevant hurdle for assessing LTI performance. 
We have selected this benchmark because it is a proxy for the whole of the market and given WHSP’s diverse invest-
ment across a range of industries, our aim is to beat the whole of the market. Additionally, we have not identified a 
narrower set of companies that would provide an adequate comparison for assessing WHSP’s TSR performance.

The LTI plan does allow for re-testing. However, this is only permissible if none of the Performance Rights vest 
in the initial three year testing period. In this instance, the testing period is extended for another year and the 
necessary hurdles are also extended for that extra year. The rationale for this approach is to avoid short-term 
market factors eliminating vesting of Performance Rights issued under the LTI plan. 

The Board of WHSP will continue to periodically review the Company’s remuneration structure. We constantly 
seek input from our Shareholders, from our advisors and from management themselves. We are conscious of the 
findings of the Financial Services Royal Commission in relation to both remuneration and how non-financial risks 
and outcomes affect compensation. 

36

W M Negus
Non-Executive Director 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Scope of Report

WHSP is an investment company with a diversified portfolio of assets across a range of industries. WHSP manages 
all of these assets as investments irrespective of its level of ownership. It does not manage the operations of its 
investee companies and there are no operational reporting lines from the management of investee companies to 
WHSP management.

WHSP has reassessed the KMP of the WHSP Group for FY19 and concluded that the KMP of WHSP’s investee 
companies are not KMP of the WHSP Group as the KMP of WHSP’s investee companies do not have authority or 
responsibility for the planning, directing or controlling the investing activities of WHSP. As a result, the KMP of New 
Hope, who were previously included in this Remuneration Report, have been excluded for FY19. The comparative 
financial information for FY18 has been retained.

WHSP does not determine the remuneration of New Hope’s KMP. New Hope is publicly listed, it has its own 
Remuneration Committee and produces its own Remuneration Report in accordance with the Corporations Act 
2001. That report is voted upon by New Hope’s shareholders and can be found within New Hope’s Annual Report.

Abbreviations used in this report

Australian Securities Exchange

New Hope

New Hope Corporation Limited

Compound annual growth rate

NHRC

New Hope Remuneration 
Committee

ASX

CAGR

EPS

KMP

KPI

LTI

Earnings per share

Key management personnel

Key performance indicator

Long-term incentive

NAPSG

Net assets per share growth 

Structure of Report

This report is structured as follows:

1.  KMP included in this report

2.  Remuneration policy and framework

3.  Elements of remuneration

4.  Performance indicators

5. 

 Remuneration expenses for KMP  
(statutory remuneration)

STI

TSR

Short-term incentive

Total shareholder return

VWAP

Volume weighted average price

WHSPRP

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and 
Company Limited Rights Plan

6. 

 Remuneration received by KMP of WHSP 
(non-statutory information)

7.  Contractual arrangements for executive KMP

8.  Share-based compensation

9.  Other statutory information

37

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

1.  KMP included in this report

Non-executive Directors
Mr Robert D Millner  

Chairman

Mrs Tiffany L Fuller 

Appointed 1 December 2017

Mr Michael J Hawker 

Lead Independent Director

Mr Warwick M Negus 

Mr Thomas C D Millner 

Mr Robert G Westphal 

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for assessing performance against KPIs and determining the extent 
to which the STI and LTI is to be paid. The STI and LTI have been designed to be payable when value has been 
created for shareholders. To assist in this assessment, the Committee receives detailed reports on performance 
from management which are based on independently verifiable data.

In the event of serious misconduct or a material misstatement in the Company’s financial statements, the Board 
may cancel LTI based remuneration and recover LTI remuneration paid in previous financial years.

Target remuneration mix (based on entitlement to 100% of the target STIs and LTIs which are at risk and subject to 
performance hurdles) for the year ended 31 July 2019 was: 

Mr David E Wills 

Retired 31 October 2017

Target Remuneration Mix

Executive Directors
Mr Todd J Barlow 

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Ms Melinda R Roderick 

Finance Director and Chief Financial Officer (ceased 12 April 2018)

Other key management personnel of the Parent Company and Consolidated Entity
Mr Ian D Bloodworth 

Company Secretary

Mr David R Grbin 

Chief Financial Officer (appointed 16 April 2018)

Employees of New Hope included in KMP up to 31 July 2018 
Mr Shane O Stephan 

Managing Director, New Hope

Mr Andrew L Boyd 

Chief Operating Officer, New Hope

Mr Matthew J Busch 

Chief Financial Officer, New Hope

The New Hope KMP are not included in this Remuneration Report for FY19, refer to ‘Scope of Report’ above. The 
comparative financial information for FY18 has been retained. Details of remuneration paid by New Hope can be 
found in New Hope’s Remuneration Report within its Annual Report.

2.  Remuneration policy and framework

Remuneration Governance
The Remuneration Committee of the Board of WHSP consists of Non-executive Directors. The Committee’s role 
is to make recommendations to the full Board on remuneration matters and other terms of employment for the 
Executive Director, senior executives and Non-executive Directors.

The Remuneration Committee ensures that remuneration levels for Directors and senior executives are competi-
tively set to attract and retain qualified and experienced personnel. 

The Remuneration Committee is authorised by the Board to obtain independent professional advice on the appropri-
ateness of remuneration packages if deemed necessary. No remuneration advice was received during the year.

Non-executive Directors

Board policy is to remunerate Non-executive Directors at comparable market rates. Remuneration levels are 
reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and are not subject to performance based incentives.

Executive Directors and Senior Executives

Remuneration levels are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee to reflect individual performance, 
the overall performance of WHSP and prevailing employment market conditions.

The Executive KMP are remunerated by way of fixed remuneration, STIs and LTIs. Annual STIs are set in order to 
drive performance without encouraging undue risk taking. LTIs are assessed over a three and/or four year period 
and are designed to promote long-term stability in shareholder returns.

The Remuneration Committee attempts to benchmark remuneration against the 50th percentile for ASX listed 
companies with a market capitalisation between $3.5 billion and $7.5 billion. To the extent that an executive’s 
remuneration is materially below the benchmark data, the Remuneration Committee will consider increases 
based on increasing levels of performance, responsibilities and experience.

Managing Director

45%

22%

33%

Chief Financial Officer

56%

22%

22%

Company Secretary

72%

14%

14%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Fixed Remuneration

STI

LTI

3.  Elements of remuneration
Non-executive Directors

Non-executive Directors receive fixed remuneration based on their position on the Board and the Committees on 
which they sit or chair, at comparable market rates. Remuneration levels are reviewed annually by the Remuneration 
Committee and are not subject to performance based incentives.

The Remuneration Committee reviews market data annually to assist in setting Non-executive Director remuner-
ation. Based on this data the remuneration received by Non-executive Directors for the year ended 31 July 2019 
was in line with the 50th percentile for ASX listed Companies with a market capitalisation between $3.5 billion and 
$7.5 billion.

The aggregate amount of fees which may be paid to Non-executive Directors by the Parent Company is subject to 
the approval of Shareholders in a general meeting and is currently set at $2,000,000 per annum. Approval for this 
aggregate amount was given at the 2016 Annual General Meeting.

During the year ended 31 July 2019 remuneration of the Non-executive Directors by the Parent Company and 
unlisted controlled entities amounted to $1,381,553.

With effect from 31 July 2004 the retiring allowance for Non-executive Directors was frozen at three times the 
average annual fees for the three years prior to that date. Non-executive Directors appointed after 31 July 2004 do 
not qualify for a retiring allowance. Mr Robert Millner is the only Director entitled to a retiring allowance.

Executive Directors and Senior Executives

Fixed Remuneration
Fixed remuneration for senior executives is set annually (or on promotion if applicable) by the Remuneration 
Committee. It is benchmarked against market data for comparable roles in companies with similar characteristics 
and market capitalisation. Fixed remuneration comprises a cash salary, superannuation and other non-cash 
benefits where taken. 

38

39

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

STIs
Structure of STIs for the KMP

Feature

STI pool

Description

Based on target 
performance

50% of Managing Director’s fixed remuneration

40% of Chief Financial Officer’s fixed remuneration

20% of Company Secretary’s fixed remuneration

10% of the fixed remuneration of other participants in the plan

The size of the pool is determined by the performance metrics below, in the event that the targets are 
exceeded (performance metrics exceed 100%) the pool will be increased as set out below.

Determin-
ation of STI 
pool

The pool determination metrics align with WHSP’s strategic goals to maximise shareholders’ returns.

Objective

Weighting

Threshold (80%)

Target (100%)

Outperformance

50%

Regular cash to the 
parent company 
net of regular 
expenses

> 0% and  
< 4% higher 
than previous 
year

4% to < 5% 
higher than 
previous year

5% to < 6% = 110%

6% to < 7% = 120%

7% to < 8% = 130%

8% to < 9% = 140%

9% and higher = 150%

As dividends are paid out of parent company cash, increasing net cash inflows enable the payment of 
increasing dividends.

Adjusted net asset 
value (post tax) per 
share

(adjusted by adding 
back dividends 
paid by the parent 
company)

50%

> 0% and  
< 2% higher 
than ASX200 
Accumulation 
Index

2% to < 3% 
higher than 
ASX200 
Accumulation 
Index

3% to <4% = 110%

4% to < 5% = 120%

5% to < 6% = 130%

6% to < 7% = 140%

7% and higher = 150%

Increases in net asset value per share drive increases in the WHSP share price.

Entitlement 
to the STI 
pool

Once the STI Pool is established by the financial measures described above, the Remuneration 
Committee determines each participating Executive’s entitlement to an STI based on individual 
performance. 

Individual Executive STIs are determined having regard to achievements throughout the year against a 
number of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs). The KPIs encompass a range of financial and non-financial 
objectives relevant to each Executive’s role.

The total of all STIs determined by the Remuneration Committee cannot exceed the STI pool.

100% of the STI awarded is paid in cash following release of the year end results.

The Board retains discretion to increase or decrease, including to nil, the STI pool, if it forms the view 
that not doing so would present a risk of a “strike” against the Company’s Remuneration Report issued 
pursuant to Section 300A of the Corporations Act. In exercising this discretion the Board shall take into 
account, amongst other factors it considers relevant, Company performance from the perspective of 
Shareholders over the relevant year.

Delivery  
of STI

Board 
Discretion

The STI plan is designed to motivate and reward senior executives to generate increasing net cash flow (to 
facilitate increasing dividends) and to grow the value of the investment portfolio (measured by net asset value) for 
the benefit of shareholders. 

LTIs
WHSPRP (current plan) – in place for the years ended 31 July 2018 and 31 July 2019

Executive KMP participate, at the Board’s discretion, in the LTI plan comprising annual grants of performance  
rights as follows.

Structure of LTIs for the KMP

Feature

Description

Opportunity/
Allocation

75% of Managing Director’s fixed remuneration

40% of Chief Financial Officer’s fixed remuneration

20% of Company Secretary’s fixed remuneration

Number of 
Performance 
Rights

Number of Rights  =  Stretch LTI Value ÷ Right Value

Where: 

Stretch LTI Value  =  Fixed Remuneration x Target LTI % ÷ Target Vesting %

Target vesting 

=  50%

Right Value 

Share Price 

=  Share Price – (Annual Dividend x Measurement Period in Years)

= 

 The volume weighted average share price over the 14 days prior to the fifteenth 
day following the announcement of the previous financial year results of the 
Company.

As 100% of Rights to be granted will only vest when stretch performance goals are achieved, it is 
expected that a lesser percentage will actually vest unless exceptional performance is achieved.

TSR rights

50% of rights issued are subject a TSR performance condition – tranche 1

NAPSG rights

50% of rights issued are subject a NAPSG performance condition – tranche 2

TSR  
performance 
hurdle

The TSR incentive is designed to focus executives on delivering sustainable long-term Shareholder returns.

The vesting of TSR Performance Rights will be determined by comparing the Company’s TSR over 
the Measurement Period with the movement in the All Ordinaries Accumulation Index over the 
Measurement Period. 

If the Company’s TSR is negative then nil vesting will apply to this Tranche. 

Otherwise the following vesting scale will be applied, subject to an overriding discretion held by the Board: 

Company’s TSR Compared to the  
All Ordinaries Accumulation Index

Vesting %  
of Tranche

Performance Level

Below Threshold

Target & Threshold

<100% of Index

100% of Index

Between Target and Stretch

>100% & < 100% of Index Plus 3% CAGR

Stretch

≥100% of Index Plus 3% CAGR

TSR is the sum of Share price appreciation and dividends (assumed to be reinvested in Shares) during 
the Measurement Period expressed as a growth percentage. 

0%

50%

Pro-rata

100%

40

41

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

NAPSG 
performance 
hurdle

This incentive is designed to focus executives on growing the value of the Company’s assets which 
increases Shareholder wealth.

The vesting of Tranche 2 NAPSG Performance Rights will be determined by reference to the following 
scale:

Performance Level

Below Threshold

Threshold

Between Threshold and Target

Target

Between Target and Stretch

Stretch

CAGR in Net Assets Per Share during  
the Measurement Period

Vesting %  
of Tranche

<3%

3%

>3% & <5%

5%

>5% & <10%

≥10%

0%

25%

Pro-rata

50%

Pro-rata

100%

CAGR is compound annual growth rate. 

Net Assets Per Share at the end of the Measurement Period will be calculated by adding all dividends paid 
during the Measurement Period to the closing Net Assets of the Company at the end of the Measurement 
Period and then dividing by the number of issued shares at the end of the Measurement Period.

Payable by 
participants

Nil

No amounts are payable by the participants upon the granting or the exercising of the 
Rights.

Vesting of 
Performance 
Rights

Measurement 
Periods

Cessation of 
Employment

Terms and 
Conditions

Lapse and 
Forfeiture of 
Performance 
Rights

Board 
Discretion 
and 
Clawback

Upon the satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions, the value of Rights that vest will be evaluated and will 
be paid in Shares, cash or a combination of cash and Shares based on the then Share price.

The Measurement Period will be the three financial years from 1 August 2018 to 31 July 2021. Retesting 
will only apply if nil vesting occurs for the tranche at the end of the initial Measurement Period. The 
Extended Measurement Period, if applicable, will only occur once, from 1 August 2018 to 31 July 2022.

On termination of employment a portion of Performance Rights granted in the financial year in which 
the termination occurs will be forfeited. The proportion is that which the remainder of the financial year 
following the termination represents of the full financial year. This provision recognises that grants of 
Performance Rights are part of the remuneration for the year of grant and that if part of the year is not 
served then some of the Performance Rights will not have been earned.

The Board of the Company has the discretion to set the terms and conditions on which it will grant Rights 
under the WHSPRP, including the Vesting Conditions and modification of the terms and conditions as 
appropriate to ensuring the plan operates as intended. All Performance Rights granted are subject to 
Vesting Conditions which are intended to be challenging and linked to growth in shareholder value. 

The terms and conditions of the WHSPRP include those aspects legally required as well as a method for 
calculating the appropriate number to vest in the circumstances of a change of control, a major return of 
capital to shareholders and the treatment of Rights in the circumstances of various forms of termination.

Performance Rights will lapse if the prescribed Vesting Conditions are not satisfied within the 
prescribed Measurement Period, subject to retesting.

The Board retains discretion to increase or decrease, including to nil, the vesting percentage 
in relation to each Tranche of Performance Rights, if it forms the view that not doing so 
would present a risk of a “strike” against the Company’s Remuneration Report issued pursuant 
to Section 300A of the Corporations Act. In exercising this discretion the Board shall take 
into account, amongst other factors it considers relevant, Company performance from the 
perspective of Shareholders over the relevant Measurement Period.

The Board also has discretion to clawback any incentive remuneration (including unvested or 
vested Rights and Restricted Shares) in the event of any error in accounting resulting in a miscal-
culation of incentives or acts of serious negligence or bad faith on the part of an LTI participant.

The LTI plan was designed to reward senior executives for above market performance as reflected by the hurdles 
set above. 

Former Plan – in place for the years ended 31 July 2016 and 31 July 2017.

Some of the rights issued under this plan are still held by participants and may vest in the future.

Executive KMP participated, at the Board’s discretion, in the LTI plan comprising annual grants of performance 
rights as follows.

Structure of LTIs for the KMP of the Parent Company

Feature

Description

Opportunity/
Allocation

50% of Managing Director’s fixed remuneration

40% of Chief Financial Officer’s fixed remuneration

20% of Company Secretary’s fixed remuneration

The above amounts are divided by the VWAP of WHSP shares for the 30 trading days prior to 1 August 
each year to determine to number of rights issued.

TSR rights

50% of rights issued are subject a TSR performance condition

EPS rights

50% of rights issued are subject an EPS performance condition

TSR  
performance 
hurdle

TSR is initially assessed over a 3 year period and compared to the ASX All Ordinaries Accumulation 
Index (Index). Vesting will occur based on the company’s positioning relative to the Index. If less than 
100% of the rights vest, performance is reassessed over a 4 year period.

This incentive is designed to focus executives on delivering sustainable long-term shareholder returns.

TSR performance per annum

Rights to vest

TSR% < Index

TSR% = Index

Nil

50%

Index < TSR% < (Index + 3% per annum)

Progressive pro-rata from 50% to 100%

TSR% = (Index + 3% per annum) or higher

100%

EPS  
performance 
hurdle

EPS movement is initially assessed over a 3 year period and compared to the target set out below. 
Vesting will occur based on the company’s achievement of that target. If less than 100% of the rights 
vest, performance is reassessed over a 4 year period.

This incentive was designed to align the interests of executives with shareholders.

Regular EPS

Regular EPS is the regular profit after tax of the consolidated WHSP Group, 
divided by the weighted average number of WHSP shares on issue across the 
measurement period.

Regular profit after tax is a non-statutory profit measure and represents profit 
from continuing operations before non-regular items. A reconciliation to statutory 
profit is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 3, Segment 
information.

Regular EPS CAGR over measurement period

Rights to vest

Regular EPS CAGR < 5%

Regular EPS CAGR = 5%

Nil

50%

5% < Regular EPS CAGR < 10%

Progressive pro-rata from 50% to 100%

Regular EPS CAGR = 10% or higher

100%

Payable by 
participants

Nil

No amounts are payable by the participants upon the granting or the exercising 
of the rights.

42

43

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

Delivery of 
LTI

Service 
Condition

Board 
Discretion

Rights vest over the 3 years following the 3 year performance period unless retesting applies.

The participant is to have been in the continuous employment of WHSP from the beginning of the 
financial year in which the rights are granted to the relevant vesting date. 

In the event of serious misconduct or a material misstatement in the financial statements, the Board 
may cancel LTI based remuneration and recover LTI remuneration paid in previous financial years.

The Board may waive vesting conditions in the event of a participant leaving employment.

Expiry

The performance rights issued during the 2017 year expire on 30 November 2021.

The LTI plan was designed to reward senior executives for above market performance as reflected by the hurdles 
set above. 

Total Remuneration Package
The total value of each remuneration package is approved by the Remuneration Committee and reflects the 
executives’ role, responsibilities and market data. Based on this data the remuneration packages of Executive KMP 
for the year ended 31 July 2019 were below or in line with the 50th percentile for ASX listed Companies with a 
market capitalisation between $3.5 billion and $7.5 billion.

4.   Performance indicators

Performance against key measures:

Metric

Target

Performance

Impact on incentive 
award

STI

Regular cash to the parent 
company net of regular 
expenses

Adjusted net asset value 
(post tax) per share

2% higher than ASX200 
Accumulation Index

4% higher than previous 
year

Higher than last year by 
more than 9%

150% of target STI pool 
awarded

Out performance

Below the ASX200 
Accumulation Index

Below threshold

No amount added to the 
STI pool

Entitlement to the STI pool

The Remuneration Committee determines each participating Executive’s entitlement to an 
STI based on individual performance. 

Individual Executive STIs are determined having regard to achievements throughout the 
year against a number of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs). The KPIs encompass a range of 
financial and non-financial objectives relevant to each Executive’s role.

The total of all STIs determined by the Remuneration Committee cannot exceed the STI pool.

LTI

First vesting of December 2015 rights in September 2018. 50% of rights were eligible to vest.

TSR performance hurdle

3% higher than ASX All 
Ordinaries Accumulation 
Index

Higher than ASX All 
Ordinaries Accumulation 
Index 

Vesting of 50% of  
TSR rights.

EPS performance hurdle

Regular EPS CAGR higher 
than 5%

Out performance

Higher than 10% 

Out performance

Vesting of 50% of  
EPS rights.

In its review of remuneration policies of KMP, the Remuneration Committee has regard to the performance of 
WHSP for the current and previous four financial years, taking into account the following measures: 

Consolidated Entity

Regular profit after tax

Parent Company

Net regular cash from operations
Share price at year end
Ordinary dividends paid/declared

2015
$’000

2016
$’000

2017
$’000

2018
$’000

2019
$’000

162,405

177,222

282,019

331,143

307,262

136,204
$13.70
50 cents

137,435
$17.43
52 cents

143,511
$17.64
54 cents

143,596
$21.82
56 cents

169,583
$22.71
58 cents

5.  Remuneration expenses for KMP (statutory remuneration) 
(i)  Remuneration of the KMP of the Consolidated Entity:

Table is shown on the pages 46 – 47.

(ii)  Relative proportions of remuneration that are fixed and that are linked to performance

Fixed Remuneration

At Risk – STI

At Risk – LTI

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

37%
–
52%
67%

–
–
–

40%
57%
55%
67%

72%
79%
78%

14%
–
16%
9%

–
–
–

24%
0%
24%
15%

17%
15%
12%

49%
–
32%
24%

–
–
–

36%
43%
21%
18%

11%
6%
10%

Parent Company

T J Barlow
M R Roderick
D R Grbin
I D Bloodworth

New Hope  
Corporation Limited

S O Stephan
A L Boyd
M J Busch

As the LTIs are provided exclusively by way of rights, the percentages disclosed reflect the value of remuneration 
consisting of rights, based on the value of rights expensed during the year.

(iii) STIs granted and forfeited for the year ended 31 July 2019

2019

Parent Company

T J Barlow
D R Grbin
I D Bloodworth

Target STI 
$

Awarded
%

Forfeited
%

600,000
191,667
72,000

75%
78%
69%

25%
22%
31%

44

45

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
WHSP and unlisted controlled entity1

Listed controlled entity2 
New Hope Corporation Limited

Short-term Benefits

Post-
Employment 
Benefits

Long-term 
Benefits

Share-based 
Payments

Short-term Benefits

Post-
Employment 
Benefits

Long-term 
Benefits

Share-based 
Payments

Consolidated 
Entity

STI

$

Non-  
monetary3

Super-
annuation

Long Service 
Leave

Termination 
Benefits

$

$

$

$

LTI Rights4

$

Total

$

STI

$

Super-
annuation

Long Service 
Leave

LTI Rights4

$

$

$

Total

$

Total

$

Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

5. 

(i) 

 Remuneration  
expenses for KMP  
(statutory remuneration) 
 Remuneration of the KMP  
of the Consolidated Entity:

Non-executive Directors – 2019
R D Millner
T L Fuller
M J Hawker 
T C D Millner
W M Negus 
R G Westphal

Executive Directors – 2019
T J Barlow

Other KMP – 2019
D R Grbin
I D Bloodworth

Non-executive Directors – 2018
R D Millner
T L Fuller – appointed 1 Dec 2017
M J Hawker 
T C D Millner
W M Negus 
R G Westphal
D E Wills – retired 31 Oct 2017

Executive Directors – 2018
T J Barlow
M R Roderick – ceased 12 April 2018

Other KMP – 2018
D R Grbin – commenced 16 Apr 2018
I D Bloodworth
S O Stephan – New Hope
A L Boyd – New Hope
M J Busch – New Hope

Salary  
& Fees

$

 352,920 
 175,654 
 184,787 
 159,672 
 185,700 
 187,069 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 25,606 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 25,321 
 16,687 
 17,555 
 15,169 
 17,641 
 17,772 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 1,229,429 

 448,076 

 4,637 

 25,321 

 19,580 

 458,595 
 329,872 

 150,292 
 49,468 

 2,254 
 14,962 

 20,571 
 24,960 

 – 
 10,258 

 344,628 
 115,197 
 181,103 
 151,266 
 182,016 
 183,386 
 42,889 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 25,406 
 – 
 – 
 5,023 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 24,842 
 10,944 
 17,205 
 14,520 
 17,292 
 17,422 
 4,074 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 1,229,947 
 468,085 

 697,522 
 – 

(53,902) 
 – 

 24,842 
 18,720 

 19,678 
 – 

 – 
 355,243 

 125,637 
 322,247 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 59,098 
 76,792 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 3,195 
(5,226) 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 5,901 
 24,960 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 5,106 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

Total

 3,263,698 

 647,836 

 47,459 

 180,997 

 29,838 

Salary, Fees  
& non- 
monetary3

$

 304,704 
 – 
 – 
 140,392 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 403,847 
 192,341 
 202,342 
 174,841 
 203,341 
 204,841 

 1,381,553 

 1,611,878 

 3,338,921 

 140,392 

 295,996 
 138,204 

 927,708 
 567,724 

 – 
 – 

 2,046,078 

 6,215,906 

 585,488 

 297,272 
 – 
 – 
 136,968 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 136,968 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 1,033,180 
 363,413 

 50,721 
 94,788 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 394,876 
 126,141 
 198,308 
 170,809 
 199,308 
 200,808 
 46,963 

 1,337,213 

 2,951,267 
 1,205,461 

 244,552 
 518,667 
 – 
 – 
 – 

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 20,590 
 – 
 – 
 13,337 
 – 
 – 

 13,337 

 – 
 – 

 47,264 

 20,106 
 – 
 – 
 13,012 
 – 
 – 

 13,012 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 20,169 
 20,468 
 20,325 

–
–
 –
–
 –
–

–

–
–

–

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

–
–
 –
–
 –
–

–

–
–

–

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 325,294 
 – 
 – 
 153,729 
 – 
 – 

 729,141 
 192,341 
 202,342 
 328,570 
 203,341 
 204,841 

 1,860,576 

 153,729 

 3,492,650 

 – 
 – 

 927,708 
 567,724 

 632,752 

 6,848,658 

 317,378 
 – 
 – 
 149,980 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 149,980 
 – 

 712,254 
 126,141 
 198,308 
 320,789 
 199,308 
 200,808 
 46,963 

 1,804,571 

 3,101,247 
 1,205,461 

 244,552 
 518,667 
 1,903,719 
 959,750 
 829,082 

 – 
 – 
 1,319,244 
 713,393 
 605,395 

–
–
 320,000 
 140,000 
 100,900 

 – 
–
 32,632 
 20,504 
 23,084 

 – 
–
 211,674 
 65,385 
 79,378 

 – 
 – 
 1,903,719 
 959,750 
 829,082 

Total

 3,346,401 

 833,412 

(25,504)

 180,722 

 24,784 

 355,243 

 1,542,102 

 6,257,160 

 3,209,240 

 560,900 

 107,092 

 76,220 

 356,437 

 4,309,889 

 10,567,049 

1.  Unlisted controlled entity, Pitt Capital Partners Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of WHSP.
2.  Listed controlled entity, WHSP’s holding in New Hope Corporation Limited as at 31 July 2018 and 31 July 2019 was 50.0%.

3.  Non-monetary remuneration includes fringe benefits provided and movements in annual leave provisions.  
When annual leave provided for in prior years is utilised, a negative non-monetary amount will result.

4.  The LTI remuneration is determined by expensing the fair value of the rights as set out in item 8 Share-based Compensation  

on page 50 of this report.

46

47

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report

6.   Remuneration received by KMP of WHSP (non-statutory information)

The tables below provide summaries of the remuneration received by KMP of WHSP during the 2019 and  
2018 financial years. This information differs from the statutory tables in item 5 above which present  
remuneration in accordance with accounting standards.

Total Fixed Remuneration 

 Salary, directors’ fees, superannuation and non-monetary benefits paid or provided to KMP during the year.

STI Paid 

LTI Vested 

 STI paid during the year. These payments were in respect of performance in the previous year.

 The value of shares received upon vesting of performance rights during the year. 

Non-executive Directors – 2019
R D Millner
T L Fuller
M J Hawker 
T C D Millner
W M Negus 
R G Westphal

Executive Directors – 2019
T J Barlow

Other KMP – 2019
D R Grbin
I D Bloodworth

Total

Non-executive Directors – 2018
R D Millner
T L Fuller – appointed 1 Dec 2017
M J Hawker 
T C D Millner
W M Negus 
R G Westphal
D E Wills – retired 31 Oct 2017

Executive Directors – 2018

T J Barlow

M R Roderick – ceased 12 April 2018

Other KMP – 2018

D R Grbin – commenced 16 Apr 2018

I D Bloodworth

Total

WHSP and  
unlisted controlled entity1

Total Fixed 
Remuneration

$

STI Paid

$

 403,847 
 192,341 
 202,342 
 174,841 
 203,341 
 204,841 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 1,254,750 

 697,522 

 479,166 
 365,515 

 59,098 
 76,792 

 3,480,984 

 833,412 

 394,876 
 126,141 
 198,308 
 170,809 
 199,308 
 200,808 
 46,963 

 1,254,750 

 486,805 

 131,538 

 360,000 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 343,570 

 138,195 

 – 

 40,078 

 3,570,306 

 521,843 

LTI Vested

$

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 465,512 

 – 
 74,492 

 540,004 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

WHSP and  
unlisted controlled entity1

Listed controlled entity2 
New Hope Corporation Limited

Consolidated 
Entity

Termination 
Payments

Total 
Remuneration

Total Fixed 
Remuneration

Other 
Remuneration

Total 
Remuneration

Total 
Remuneration

$

$

$

$

$

$

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 355,243 

 403,847 
 192,341 
 202,342 
 174,841 
 203,341 
 204,841 

 325,294 
 – 
 – 
 153,729 
 – 
 – 

 2,417,784 

 153,729 

 538,264 
 516,799 

 – 
 – 

 4,854,400 

 632,752 

 394,876 
 126,141 
 198,308 
 170,809 
 199,308 
 200,808 
 46,963 

 1,598,320 

 980,243 

 317,378 
 – 
 – 
 149,980 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 149,980 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 131,538 

 400,078 

 355,243 

 4,447,392 

 617,338 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 325,294 
 – 
 – 
 153,729 
 – 
 – 

 729,141 
 192,341 
 202,342 
 328,570 
 203,341 
 204,841 

 153,729 

 2,571,513 

 – 
 – 

 538,264 
 516,799 

 632,752 

 5,487,152 

 317,378 
 – 
 – 
 149,980 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 149,980 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 712,254 
 126,141 
 198,308 
 320,789 
 199,308 
 200,808 
 46,963 

 1,748,300 

 980,243 

 131,538 

 400,078 

 617,338 

 5,064,730 

1.  Unlisted controlled entity, Pitt Capital Partners Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of WHSP.
2.  Listed controlled entity, WHSP’s holding in New Hope Corporation Limited as at 31 July 2018 and 31 July 2019 was 50.0%.

48

49

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors' Report – Remuneration Report

7.   Contractual arrangements for Executive KMP

Rights outstanding at balance date affecting the remuneration of KMP in the current or future periods:

T J Barlow

D R Grbin

I D Bloodworth

Term of agreement  
and notice period1

No fixed term
6 months notice period

No fixed term
3 months notice period

No fixed term
3 months notice period

Base remuneration  
including 
Superannuation2

Termination  
Payments3

$1,200,000

$500,000

$370,000

nil

nil

nil

1.  This notice applies equally to either party. The employer may make a payment in lieu of notice.
2.  Base remuneration including Superannuation as at 31 July 2019.
3.  Base salary payable if the company terminates employees with notice, and without cause (e.g. for reasons other than unsatisfactory performance).

8.   Share-based compensation

Rights to deferred shares are granted under the WHSP Long Term Incentive Plan. Rights are granted for nil 
consideration. Rights are granted in accordance with the plan at the sole discretion of the WHSP Board. They vest 
and automatically convert to ordinary shares in WHSP following the satisfaction of the relevant performance and 
service conditions. Performance and service conditions applicable to each issue of Rights are determined by the 
Board at the time of grant. Rights granted under the plan carry no dividend or voting rights.

The assessed fair values of the WHSPRP (current plan) Rights are expensed in the year in which the rights are 
granted. The assessed fair values of Rights granted in December 2015 and December 2016 are expensed over 
the period from the commencement of the measurement period to vesting date. The amounts expensed are 
included in the remuneration of the relevant executive under the statutory approach. The fair value of the rights 
issued during the year was independently determined by valuation specialists Lonergan Edwards & Associates 
Limited based on the market price of WHSP’s shares at the grant date, with an adjustment made to take into 
account the vesting period, expected dividends during that period that will not be received by the participants 
and the probability that the market performance conditions will be met.

At each reporting date, the Company revises its estimate of the number of EPS rights that are expected to be 
exercised. The total value of the rights on issue is adjusted accordingly and the employee benefits expense for the 
period is based on this revised value.

WHSP

Grant Date

TSR Rights
December 2015

EPS Rights
December 2015

TSR Rights
December 2016

EPS Rights
December 2016

TSR Rights
December 2017

NAPSG Rights
December 2017

TSR Rights
December 2018

NAPSG Rights
December 2018

WHSP

T J Barlow

Vesting Date

If met over 3 years

If re-tested over 4 years

Grant Date Value
$

30% August 2019
20% August 2020

30% August 2019
20% August 2020

50% September 2019
30% August 2020
20% August 2021

50% September 2019
30% August 2020
20% August 2021

30% September 2019
20% August 2020

30% September 2019
20% August 2020

50% September 2020
30% September 2020
20% August 2021

50% September 2020
30% September 2020
20% August 2021

100% September 2020

100% September 2021

100% September 2020

100% September 2021

100% September 2021

100% September 2022

100% September 2021

100% September 2022

11.08
10.87

13.86
13.86

5.22
3.25
2.56

13.10
13.10
13.10

6.16

7.70

22.11

17.28

Rights to deferred shares granted, vested and forfeited during the year:

Balance  
at start  
of year

Granted 
during  
the year

Rights to deferred shares

Vested

Forfeited

Balance  
at end of 
year

Maximum 
value in  
future  
periods1

Grant Date

Number

Number

Number

%

Number

%

Number

$

Dec 2015
Dec 2016
Dec 2017
Dec 2018

31,045
29,398
124,839
–

M R Roderick

Dec 2017

26,747

D R Grbin

I D Bloodworth

Apr 2018
Dec 2018

Dec 2015
Dec 2016
Dec 2017
Dec 2018

7,319
–

4,967
4,116
9,987
–

–
–
–
75,144

–

–
15,029

–
–
–
6,012

15,523
–
–
–

–

–
–

2,484
–
–
–

50%
–
–
–

–

–
–

50%
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

15,522
29,398
124,839
75,144

26,747

7,319
15,029

2,483
4,116
9,987
6,012

–
38,805
–
–

–

–
–

–
5,433
–
–

50

1.  The maximum value of the deferred rights in future periods has been determined as the fair value of the rights that is yet to be expensed.

The minimum value of the rights yet to vest is nil, as the rights will be forfeited if the vesting conditions are not met. 

51

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Directors' Report – Remuneration Report

9.   Other statutory information

Shareholdings of KMP

The following tables show the number of:
 1 shares in WHSP;
 1 shares in New Hope; and
 1 preference shares in Pitt Capital Partners Limited
that were held during the financial year by key management personnel, including their personally related parties.

Balance at 
start of year

Purchased/ 
(sold)

Received on 
the vesting  
of LTI rights

Other changes 
during the 
Year

Balance at  
end of year

Shares in WHSP

Directors of WHSP
R D Millner
T J Barlow
T L Fuller
M J Hawker
T C D Millner
W M Negus
R G Westphal

19,440,093
5,000
1,800
35,300
18,737,977
47,000
28,739

135,000
–
–
–
135,000
–
–

–
15,523
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

19,575,093
20,523
1,800
35,300
18,872,977
47,000
28,739

2,484

Other key management personnel 
I D Bloodworth

–

–

2,484

Shares in New Hope Corporation Limited

Balance at 
start of year

Purchased/ 
(sold)

Received on 
the vesting  
of LTI rights

Other changes 
during the 
Year

Balance at  
end of year

Directors of WHSP

R D Millner
T J Barlow
T C D Millner
R G Westphal

3,937,774
19,900
3,774,368
40,000

220,000
–
200,000
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

4,157,774
19,900
3,974,368
40,000

Pitt Capital Partners Limited
Class RP01 Preference Shares

Balance at 
start of year

Purchased/ 
(sold)

Received on 
the vesting  
of LTI rights

Other changes 
during the 
Year

Balance at  
end of year

Directors of WHSP

T J Barlow

1

–

–

–

1

None of the shares above are held nominally by the Directors or any of the other KMP.

Loans to KMP

No loans have been made to the Directors or other KMP.

Other transactions with KMP

The KMP and their related entities received dividends during the year in respect of their shareholdings in Group 
companies consistent with other shareholders.

Reliance on external remuneration consultants

No remuneration advice was received during the year.

Voting on the 2018 Remuneration Report

The Parent Company’s Remuneration Report for the 2018 financial year was adopted at its 2018 Annual General 
Meeting on a show of hands with with fewer than 25% of votes cast against.

This is the end of the Remuneration Report

Shares Under Option

The Parent Company did not issue any options over its unissued shares during the financial year or in the period 
to the date of this report. There are no such options on issue at the date of this report.

Indemnification of Officers and Auditors

Indemnification 

The Parent Company’s constitution provides for an indemnity of Directors, Secretaries and Executive Officers (as 
defined in the Corporations Act 2001) where liability is incurred in the performance of their duties in those roles, 
other than conduct involving a wilful breach of duty in relation to the Company. The Constitution further provides 
for an indemnity in respect of any costs and expenses incurred in defending proceedings in which judgement is 
given in their favour, they are acquitted, or the Court grants them relief under the Corporations Act 2001.

Insurance

In accordance with the provisions of the Corporations Act 2001, the Parent Company has a Directors’ and Officers’ 
Liability policy covering Directors and Officers of the Parent Company and some of its controlled entities. The 
insurance policy prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability insured against and the amount of the premium.

Auditors

No indemnities have been given or insurance premiums paid during or since the end of the financial year in 
respect of any person who is or has been an auditor of the Parent Company or its controlled entities.

Proceedings on Behalf of the Company

No person has applied to the Court for leave to bring proceedings on behalf of the Parent Company or to 
intervene in any proceedings to which the Parent Company is a party, for the purpose of taking responsibility on 
behalf of the Parent Company for all or part of those proceedings. The Parent Company was not a party to any 
such proceedings during the year.

52

53

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Directors' Report

Non Audit Services

During the year, Pitcher Partners Sydney, the Parent Company’s auditor, performed certain other services in 
addition to their statutory audit duties. An entity associated with Pitcher Partners Sydney was paid $162,305 for 
providing tax compliance and other services in respect of the Group. Details of the amounts paid to the auditors 
are disclosed in note 39 of the financial statements.

The Board has considered the non-audit services provided during the year by the auditor and is satisfied that the 
provision of those non-audit services by the auditor is compatible with, and did not compromise, the auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:
 1 All non-audit services were subject to the corporate governance procedures adopted by the Parent Company 
and have been reviewed by the Audit Committee to ensure they do not impact the integrity and objectivity 
of the auditor; and

 1 The non-audit services provided do not undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence 
as set out in Professional Statement APES 110: Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants, as they did not 
involve: reviewing or auditing the auditor’s own work; acting in a management or decision making capacity 
for the Parent Company; acting as an advocate for the Parent Company; or jointly sharing risks and rewards 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

The lead auditor’s independence declaration for the year ended 31 July 2019 has been received and is included 
on page 55.

Rounding of Amounts

The company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 
2016/191, and in accordance with that legislative instrument, amounts in the Directors’ Report and Financial 
Report have been rounded to the nearest thousand dollars, unless otherwise stated.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors:

R D Millner 
Director – Chairman 

T J Barlow
Managing Director

Dated this 22nd day of October 2019.

Auditor’s Independence  
Declaration

Level 16, Tower 2 Darling Park
201 Sussex Street
Sydney NSW 2000

Postal Address
GPO Box 1615
Sydney NSW 2001

p. +61 2 9221 2099
e. sydneypartners@pitcher.com.au

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
to the Directors of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited 
ABN 49 000 002 728

In relation to the independent audit for the year ended 31 July 2019, to the best of my 
knowledge and belief there have been:

(i)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 

2001; and

(ii)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct.

This declaration is in respect of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited and the 
entities it controlled during the year.

M A Alexander
Partner

Pitcher Partners
Sydney

21 October 2019

54

Adelaide  Brisbane  Melbourne  Newcastle  Perth  Sydney

Pitcher Partners is an association of independent firms.
An independent New South Wales Partnership. ABN 17 795 780 962. Liability limited by a scheme approved under  
Professional Standards Legislation. Pitcher Partners is a member of the global network of Baker Tilly International Limited,  
the members of which are separate and independent legal entities.

pitcher.com.au

55

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Financial Report

Financial Report

for the year ended 31 July 2019

About this report

The financial report is for the Consolidated Entity consisting of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company 
Limited and its subsidiaries for the year ending 31 July 2019. Throughout the report, the Consolidated Entity 
is also referred to as the ‘Group’.

The notes to the financial statements are ordered so as to focus on the drivers of the Group’s performance. 
Please refer to the contents page for how the notes are structured and ordered. In addition to the relevant 
financial information, the notes include a description of the accounting policies applied, and where 
applicable key judgements and estimates used by management in applying these policies.

Consolidated Entity perspective

This consolidated financial report combines the operating results, financial positions and cash flows of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and 
Company Limited (the Parent Entity) and each entity that it controls (subsidiaries), into a single set of financial statements.

A controlling stake in a subsidiary often occurs where the Parent Entity owns less than 100% of the subsidiary. The term ‘non-controlling 
interest’ is used to describe that portion not owned by the Parent Entity. The non-controlling interest’s share of the consolidated profit and 
net assets is disclosed separately in the statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of financial position and the 
consolidated statement of changes in equity.

Investments in which the Parent Entity or a subsidiary has significant influence but does not have control are termed ‘associate entities’. 
Unlike subsidiaries, the individual financial reports of associates are not consolidated. Associates are equity accounted with the Group’s 
share of an associate’s result recorded in profit. The investment in associates is disclosed as a line item (equity accounted associates) in the 
consolidated statement of financial position and is adjusted for the Group’s share of the associate’s result and decreased by any dividends 
received. This method treats dividends from associates as if they are a return of capital rather than being recognised in profit or loss.

Parent Entity perspective

Financial information for Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited, the ‘Parent Entity’ has also been provided. In contrast to 
the consolidated financial report, the Parent Entity information reflects Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited’s activities as 
an ‘investor’ and provides details of its investments (subsidiaries, associate entities and other investments), together with the cash flows 
generated by them (largely dividend income). 

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited (the Company, the Parent Entity or WHSP) is a for profit 
company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in Australia. The shares are publicly traded on the 
Australian Securities Exchange. Its registered office and principal place of business is as follows:

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited  
Level 14, 151 Clarence Street, Sydney, NSW 2000 

A description of the nature of the Consolidated Entity’s operations and its principal activities is included  
in the Directors’ report, which is not part of this financial report.

This financial report was authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Directors on 21 October 2019.

56

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Annual Report 2019

57

 
Financial Report

Contents

Financial Statements

Revenue and expenses

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  

Consolidated statement of financial position 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity  

Consolidated statement of cash flows 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

Basis of preparation 

Basis of consolidation 

Parent Entity information 

1 

Parent Entity financial information: 
•  statement of financial position; 
•  statement of comprehensive income; 
•  source of shareholder dividends; 
•  market value of listed investments; and 
•  related cash flows 

2 

Payment of dividends to shareholders 

New Accounting Standards

3  New Accounting standards and Interpretations 

Group structure and performance

4 

5 

6 

7 

 Segment information 

 Reserves 

Share capital 

Business combinations 

8  Discontinued operations 

9 

Events after the reporting period 

Accounting for our Investments

10 

Investments in subsidiaries 

11 

Investments in joint arrangements 

12  Equity accounted associates 

13  Trading equities 

14  Long term equity investments 

15 

Investment properties 

16  Term deposits 

17  Cash and cash equivalents 

59

61

62

64

65

66

68 
68 
69 
69 
69

71

72

78

83

86

87

90

92

93

94

95

100

101

102

104

105

18  Revenue 

19  Other income 

20  Expenses 

Taxation

21 

Income tax expense 

22  Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities 

Risk management

23  Financial risk management 

24  Fair value estimation 

25  Derivative financial instruments 

26 

Interest bearing liabilities 

27  Contingent liabilities 

Fixed assets

28  Property plant and equipment 

29  Exploration and evaluation assets 

30 

Intangible assets 

Other operating assets and liabilities

31  Trade and other receivables 

32 

Inventories 

33  Trade and other payables 

34  Provisions 

Other notes

35  Share-based payments 

36  Related party transactions 

37  Commitments 

38  Other accounting policies 

39  Remuneration of auditors 

40  Deed of cross guarantee 

Directors’ declaration 

Independent auditor’s report 

106

108

109

112

114

116

121

124

126

130

131

138

140

144

145

146

147

151

153

155

156

158

159

161

162

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
 for the year ended 31 July 2019

Revenue from continuing operations
Other income

Expenses
Cost of sales
Selling and distribution expenses
Administration expenses
Acquisition costs expensed
Impairment expense
Other expenses
Finance costs
Share of results from equity accounted associates 

Profit before income tax expense from  
continuing operations

Income tax expense

Profit after income tax expense from  
continuing operations

Profit/(loss) after income tax expense from  
discontinued operations

Profit after income tax expense for the year

Profit for the year is attributable to:
Owners of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Non-controlling interest

Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Changes in the fair value of equity investments at fair value through  
other comprehensive income, net of tax
Disposal of long term equity investments, net of tax
Net movement in capital profit reserves, net of tax

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Net movement in the fair value of long term equity investments, net of tax
Net movement in hedge reserve, net of tax
Net movement in foreign currency translation reserve, net of tax
Net movement in equity reserve, net of tax

Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax

Notes

18
19

20

 12

21

8

2019
$’000

1,615,888 
117,409 

(967,001)
(196,107)
(74,043)
(46,041)
(60,450)
(21,675)
(27,857)
134,343 

474,466

(115,197)

*Restated 
2018
$’000

1,174,748
98,588 

(565,502)
(167,183)
(48,721)
(5,662)
(113,908)
(14,976)
(5,424)
161,661 

513,621 

(140,490)

359,269

373,131 

220 

(37,831) 

359,489

335,300 

247,943 
111,546 

359,489 

266,846 
68,454 

335,300 

28,211 
(19,299) 
22,815

–
(15,251)
2,275
(913)

17,838 

– 
(7,107)
–

9,065
(14,649)
1,897 
238 

(10,556)

Total comprehensive income for the year

377,327 

324,744 

Total Comprehensive income for the year is attributable to:
Owners of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Non-controlling interest 

264,304 
113,023 

377,327 

263,211 
61,533 

324,744 

• 

 Comparative figures have been restated to present the impacts of the discontinued operations (as outlined in note 8) as well as other  
reclassifications on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income to better reflect the disclosures in the current year. 

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

58

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
Annual Report 2019

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
 for the year ended 31 July 2019

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
 as at 31 July 2019

Earnings per share from continuing operations  
attributable to the Owners of Washington H. Soul Pattinson  
and Company Limited

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share^

Earnings per share from discontinued operations  
attributable to the Owners of Washington H. Soul Pattinson  
and Company Limited

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share^

Earnings per share attributable to the Owners of  
Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share^

2019
Cents

*Restated 
2018
Cents

103.48

103.48

127.27

127.27

0.09
0.09

103.57
103.57

(15.8)
(15.8)

111.47
111.47

Weighted average number of shares used in calculating basic  
and diluted earnings per share (refer to note 38d)

No. of shares

No. of shares

239,395,320

239,395,320

^  Diluted EPS is equal to the basic earnings per share as any long-term incentive plan rights that vest in future financial years are expected  

to be satisfied by purchasing shares on market.

*  Comparative figures have been restated to present the impacts of the discontinued operations (as outlined in note 8) as well as other  

reclassifications on the consolidated statement of comprehensive Income to better reflect the disclosures in the current year.

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Term deposits
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Assets classified as held for sale
Trading equities

Total current assets

Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Equity accounted associates
Long term equity investments
Other financial assets
Derivative financial instruments
Investment properties
Property, plant and equipment
Exploration and evaluation
Deferred tax assets
Intangibles

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Contract liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Current tax liabilities
Provisions

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Reserves
Retained profits

Parent entity interest
Non-controlling interest

Total equity

Notes

31 July 2019
$’000

31 July 2018
$’000

17
16
31
32

13

31
12
14

25
15
28
29
22
30

33

26
25

34

33
26
22
34

6
5

125,445 
1,470 
162,258 
120,471
53
77,148 

337,933 
206,044 
131,723 
93,236 
1,407
69,930 

486,845

840,273 

38,588 
1,603,610 
785,135 
–
190 
106,281 
2,351,799 
333,623 
56,669 
114,479 

53,525 
1,517,125 
732,298 
17,571
– 
158,254 
1,520,573 
310,798 
71,567 
73,553 

5,390,374

4,455,264 

5,877,219

5,295,537 

158,874 
591 
32,537 
10,774 
9,234 
93,029 

131,521 
– 
25,267 
3,353 
81,091 
71,219 

305,039 

312,451 

15,989 
370,213 
422,445 
252,064 

1,060,711 

1,365,750

30,033 
19,790 
405,270 
186,388 

641,481 

953,932 

4,511,469

4,341,605 

43,232 
176,603 
3,301,831 

3,521,666 
989,803 

43,232 
605,865 
2,718,057 

3,367,154 
974,451 

4,511,469 

4,341,605 

60

The above consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

61

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
 for the year ended 31 July 2019

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
 for the year ended 31 July 2019

Year ended 31 July 2019

Total equity at the beginning of the year  
– 1 August 2018

Effect of initial adoption of AASB 9 (note 3)

Effect of initial adoption of AASB 15 (note 3) 

Restated balance at the beginning of the year 
 – 1 August 2018

Net profit for the year after tax

Other comprehensive income for the year

Net movement in asset revaluation reserve, net of tax

Net movement in hedge reserve, net of tax

Net movement in foreign currency translation reserve,  
net of tax

Net movement in equity reserve, net of tax

Net movement in general reserve, net of tax*

Net movement in capital gains reserve, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners

Dividends declared and paid

Net movement in share based payments reserve

Return of capital

Share 
capital
$’000

Retained 
profits
$’000

Reserves
$’000

Total  
Parent 
Entity 
interest
$’000

Non- 
controlling 
interest
$’000

Total  
equity
$’000

43,232

2,718,057

605,865

3,367,154

974,451

4,341,605

–

–

52,687

1,174

(53,892)

–

(1,205)

1,174

–

–

(1,205)

1,174

43,232

2,771,918

551,973

3,367,123

974,451

4,341,574

247,943

–

247,943

111,546

359,489

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9,260

9,260

(12,720)

(12,720)

(348)

(2,531)

8,912

(15,251)

2,275

(913)

2,275

(913)

–

–

–

–

2,275

(913)

–

402,206

(402,206)

(8,715)

27,174

18,459

4,356

22,815

641,434

(377,130)

264,304

113,023

377,327

**(111,726)

–

(111,726)

(75,096)

(186,822)

205

–

1,760

–

1,965

361

2,326

–

(22,936)

(22,936)

Total equity at the end of the year – 31 July 2019

43,232

3,301,831

176,603

3,521,666

989,803

4,511,469

* 

The General reserve historically recorded funds set aside for future requirement of the Group and related to the Parent Entity.  
This reserve was created by transferring from retained profits in prior years. The majority of this balance has been transferred back to retained profits in the current year. 

**  After the elimination of a proportion of the Parent Entity dividend paid to Brickworks Limited (2019: 43.8%)

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Year ended 31 July 2018

Total equity at the beginning of the year  
– 1 August 2017

Net profit for the year after tax

Other comprehensive income for the year

Net movement in asset revaluation reserve, net of tax

Net movement in hedge reserve, net of tax

Net movement in foreign currency translation reserve,  
net of tax 

Net movement in equity reserve, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners

Dividends declared and paid

Net movement in share-based payments reserve

Return of capital

Transactions with non-controlling interests 

Tax on partial disposal of controlling entity to  
non-controlling interests

Equity transfer from members on issue of share capital  
in a subsidiary

Share 
capital
$’000

Retained 
profits
$’000

Reserves
$’000

Total  
Parent 
Entity 
interest
$’000

Non- 
controlling 
interest
$’000

Total  
equity
$’000

43,232

2,603,186

611,226

3,257,644

780,666

4,038,310

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

266,846

–

266,846

68,454

335,300

–

–

–

–

2,006

(7,776)

1,897

238

2,006

(7,776)

1,897

238

(48)

1,958

(6,873)

(14,649)

–

–

1,897

238

266,846

(3,635)

263,211

61,533

324,744

*(106,943)

–

(106,943)

(46,933)

(153,876)

74

–

1,781

–

1,855

–

41

(5,968)

1,896

(5,968)

(1,238)

(3,507)

(4,745)

180,457

175,712

(43,868)

–

–

–

(43,868)

–

(43,868)

–

4,655

4,655

Total equity at the end of the year – 31 July 2018

43,232

2,718,057

605,865

3,367,154

974,451

4,341,605

*  After the elimination of a proportion of the Parent Entity dividend paid to Brickworks Limited (2018: 43.8%)

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

62

63

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
 for the year ended 31 July 2019

Notes

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST)
Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST)

Dividends received
Interest received
Acquisition costs expensed
Finance costs 
Income taxes paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of debt to third party
Payments for property, plant and equipment and intangibles
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Payments for capitalised exploration and evaluation activities
Net proceeds from / (payments to) term deposits
Payments for acquisition and development of investment properties
Proceeds from sale of investment properties
Payments for equity investments
Proceeds from sale of equity investments
Proceeds from part sale of a subsidiary
Payments to acquire equity accounted associate
Payments for acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
Loan advanced
Loan repayments

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid to WHSP shareholders
Dividends paid by subsidiaries to non-controlling interests
Repayments of external borrowings
Proceeds from external borrowings
Payment for establishment costs of debt/guarantee facilities
Proceeds from issue of equity 
Payments for return of capital
Payments for shares acquired for the employee long term incentive plan

7

17

7

2

26
26
26

1,563,833 
(1,077,978)

1,171,513 
(725,384)

485,855 

446,129 

89,723 
14,607 
(46,041)
(12,561)
(165,581)

76,325 
9,465 
(5,662)
(1,452)
(17,245)

366,002 

507,560 

8,000
(165,243)
96,255 
(29,591)
204,574 
(32,577)
100,068 
(95,025)
94,882 
– 
(11,172) 
(839,086) 
(56,911)
29,084

–
(110,863)
3,159 
(38,294)
(205,629)
(16,088)
29,059 
(94,941)
88,485 
175,736 
(1,430)
(48,349)
(58,218)
7,697 

(696,742)

(269,676)

(136,455)
(74,997)
(425,272)
790,000 
(12,802)
– 
(22,937)
(569)

(131,667)
(47,119)
(42,356)
12,017 
–
4,524 
(5,968)
– 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities

116,968 

(210,569)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

(213,772)
337,933 
1,284

27,315 
301,275 
9,343 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year

17

125,445 

337,933 

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Notes to the  
Financial Statements

Basis of preparation

This financial report is a general purpose financial report which:
 1 has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001, Australian 
Accounting Standards and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board (AASB);

 1 complies with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International 

Accounting Standards Board (IASB);
 1 has been prepared on a for profit basis;
 1 is presented in Australian dollars with all values rounded to the nearest thousand dollars ($’000), or 
in certain cases, to the nearest dollar, unless otherwise stated, in accordance with ASIC Corporations 
(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191;

 1 presents reclassified comparative information where required for consistency with the current year’s 

presentation;

 1 adopts all new and amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the AASB that are 
relevant to the operations of the Group and effective for reporting periods beginning on or after  
1 August 2018;

 1 does not adopt any Accounting Standards and Interpretations that have been issued or amended but 

are not yet effective (such as AASB 16 Leases). Refer to Note 3(b) for more information;

 1 has been prepared on a historical cost basis except for certain items, which are measured on an 

alternative basis, identified in the accounting policies.

 1 where Parent Entity information is disclosed, relevant accounting policies are described when 

different to the Group accounting policies.

64

65

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements of the Group incorporates the financial statements of Washington H. Soul 
Pattinson and Company Limited and its subsidiaries, and its equity accounted associates. A diagram is set out in 
note 4, listing the main subsidiaries and associates.

i.  Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity.

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is obtained to the date on which control is disposed. 
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting.

The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Parent Entity, using 
consistent accounting policies. Adjustments are made to bring into line any dissimilar accounting policies that 
may exist.

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of 
financial position respectively.

The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions 
with equity owners of the Group. For purchases from non-controlling interests, the difference between any 
consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is 
deducted from equity. For disposals to non-controlling interests, differences between any proceeds received and 
the relevant share of non-controlling interests are also recorded in equity. 

ii. 

Joint arrangements

A joint arrangement is an arrangement where two or more parties share control. Joint arrangements are classified 
as either joint operations or joint ventures. The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations of 
each investor, rather than the legal structure. 

Joint operations

A joint operation is a joint arrangement in which the parties that share joint control, have rights to the assets, 
and obligations for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. The Group recognises its direct right to the assets, 
liabilities; revenues and expenses of joint operations and its share of any jointly held or incurred assets, liabilities, 
revenues and expenses. These have been incorporated into the Group’s financial statements under the appro-
priate headings.

Joint ventures

A joint venture is a joint arrangement in which the parties that share joint control have rights to the net assets 
of the arrangement. Interests in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method, after initially being 
recognised at cost. 

iii.  Associates

Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence and are neither subsidiaries nor 
jointly controlled. This is generally the case where the Group holds between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. 
Investments in associates are accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using the equity method of 
accounting, after initially being recognised at cost. 

The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill (net of any accumulated impairment loss) identified on 
acquisition. The Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in the profit or loss 
and its share of post-acquisition other comprehensive income is recognised in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount 
of the investment. Dividends received/receivable from associates are recognised in the consolidated financial 
statements by reducing the carrying amount of the investment. 

When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any 
unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made 
payments on behalf of the associate.

66

iv.  Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transac-
tions are eliminated. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with an associate are eliminated to the extent of 
the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only 
to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. Where practical, accounting policies of the associates have 
been changed to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Other accounting policies
Significant and other accounting policies relevant to gaining an understanding of the financial statements have 
been grouped with the relevant notes to the financial statements.

Key judgements and estimates 
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas 
involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant 
to the financial statements are disclosed within the following notes:

Note 
reference

Key judgements and estimates

Note 2

Note 7 

Note 11

Note 12

Note 15

Note 20

Note 22

Note 24

Note 28

Revenue – provisional pricing arrangements

Business combination – acquisition fair value

Classification of joint arrangements

Recoverable value of investments in associates

Recoverable value of investment properties

Recoverable value

Deferred tax assets

Financial assets (level 3)

Impairment of non-current assets
 1  Determination of recoverable value – New Hope Corporation Limited 

(Queensland mining operations)

 1  Determination of recoverable value – Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited (copper 
processing plant, equipment and capitalised mine development costs)

Note 29

Note 30

Note 34

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

Impairment of intangible assets

Reserve estimates and rehabilitation costs

Page

73

89

94

96

103

110

115

122

134

139

143

148

67

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Notes to the Financial Statements

Parent Entity Information

1

NOTE 1 
PARENT ENTITY 
FINANCIAL 
INFORMATION

Source of 
shareholders 
dividends

The Board declares dividends 
having regard to regular 
operating cash flows 
before non-regular items. 
The following information 
has been provided to 
demonstrate the underlying 
value of the Parent Entity’s 
investments and regular profit 
and the cash flows generated 
by these investments.

Regular profit after tax is 
a measure of the Parent 
entity’s performance. This 
measurement excludes the 
effects of non-regular items of 
income and expense which 
by nature are outside the 
ordinary course of business 
or are part of ordinary 
operations but are unusual 
due to their size.

Accounting policies
Parent Entity
The statement of financial position, profit after tax and 
total comprehensive income for the Parent Entity, have 
been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated 
financial statements except for Investments in subsidi-
aries and investments in associates. 

continued on page 70 >>>

The classification of income 
and expenses as regular or 
non-regular is consistent with 
the Consolidated entity’s 
measurement of segment 
results. This is a non-statutory 
measure and a reconciliation 
to the Parent Entity’s statutory 
profit after tax is provided. The 
Director’s have presented this 
information, which is used by 
the Chief Operating Decision 
Maker, as they consider the 
disclosure enhances the 
understanding of the results 
to members and users of the 
financial statements.

68

Statement of  
Financial Position

Current assets 

Cash and term deposits

Assets held for sale
Other current assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets 

Long term equity investments  
– measured at market value

Other financial assets

  Listed controlled and associated entities  
– measured at the lower of cost or impaired value 

Unlisted entities  
– measured at the lower of cost or impaired value
Other non-current assets

Total non-current assets 

Total assets

Total current liabilities
Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Reserves
Retained profits

Total equity

Statement of  
Comprehensive Income

Profit after tax 

Less: Non-regular items after tax
Net gain on sale of property
Net gain on disposal of investments 
Non cash unfranked dividend on  
demerger of listed investment
Net impairment expense on investments
Net impairment expense on associates
Other 

As at  
31 July 
2019
$'000

 38,830 

 53 
 120,483 

As at  
31 July 
2018
$'000

 41,946 

 1,407 
 98,525 

 159,366 

 141,878 

 739,587 

 688,576 

 547,325 

 552,950 

 456,827 
 85,209 

 381,363 
 108,202 

 1,828,948 

 1,731,091 

 1,988,314 

 1,872,969 

 33,171 
 106,593 

 139,764 

 2,495 
 92,662 

 95,157 

1,848,550

1,777,812

 43,232 
 187,934 
 1,617,384 

 43,232 
 620,952 
 1,113,628 

 1,848,550 

 1,777,812 

2019
$'000

2018
$'000

 164,903 

 164,903 

(68,968)
–

(3,592)
 82,451 
(4,327)
4,270

–- 
(140,278)

–
 3,413 
–
2,737

Regular profit after tax 

 174,737 

 138,851 

Other comprehensive income 
Net movement in the fair value of the listed  
investment portfolio

(25,521)

1,881

Market value of listed investments as at 31 July 2019 
(based on ASX closing prices 31 July 2019) 

Long term equity investments 

Milton Corporation Limited 
BKI Investment Company Limited 
Clover Corporation Limited 
Commonwealth Bank of Australia 
Woolworths Limited 
Macquarie Group Limited 
Pengana International Equities Limited 
Bailador Technology Investments Limited 
Magellan Financial Group Limited 
Brambles Limited 
Wesfarmers Limited 
Other listed entities 

$'000

 107,971 
 107,025 
 83,028 
 53,586 
 31,698 
 27,562 
 26,320 
 24,265 
 22,184 
 21,248 
 19,646 
 215,054 

Market value of long term equity investments

 739,587 

Regular Profit after Tax  
and Regular Operating  
Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 July 2019

Interest income (from cash and loans)

Dividend and distribution income 

Milton Corporation Limited 
BKI Investment Company Limited 
Clover Corporation Limited 
Commonwealth Bank of Australia 
Woolworths Limited 
Macquarie Group Limited 
Pengana International Equites Limited 
Magellan Financial Group Limited 
Brambles Limited 
Wesfarmers Limited 
Other listed entities 

TPG Telecom Limited
New Hope Corporation Limited 
Brickworks Limited 
Australian Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd
Pengana Capital Group Limited
Apex Healthcare Berhad 

Listed controlled and  
associated entities

Holding 

$'000

Other controlled and associates 

TPG Telecom Limited
New Hope Corporation Limited 
Brickworks Limited
Australian Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd
Pengana Capital Group Limited
Apex Healthcare Berhad 
Palla Pharma Limited (formerly TPI Enterprises)

25.3%
50.0%
43.8%
19.3%
38.6%
30.1%
19.9%

Market value of listed controlled  
and associated entities

 1,636,085 
 1,043,398 
 1,099,556 
 137,374 
 59,742 
 106,076 
 21,352 

 4,103,583 

Total value of WHSP's listed investments 

 4,843,170 

Tax payable if WHSP's listed investments were disposed of:

WHSP is a long term equity investor.

If WHSP had disposed of all of its assets on 31 Jul 2019, a capital gains 
tax liability of approximately $1,121.1 million would have arisen based 
on market values as at 31 Jul 2019. Of this amount, only $103.98 million 
has been recognised in the Parent company accounts at 31 Jul 2019.

The market values of the listed investments are based on the last sale 
prices as quoted on the ASX on 31 Jul 2019 and are therefore subject to 
price fluctuations.

Total dividend and distribution income

Net pharmacy profit
Other revenue
Realised and fair value (losses)/gains on equities
Other expenses
Finance costs

Regular profit before tax
Income tax (expense)

Regular profit after tax

Non-cash fair value (gains)/loss on equities
Net movements in working capital 

Regular operating cash flows

The Board declares dividends having regard to the 
Parent company's regular operating cash flows.

Dividends paid/payable 

Interim of 24 cents per share paid 9 May 2019
Final of 34 cents per share payable 9 Dec 2019

Total dividends paid/payable 

Payout ratio 
Dividends as a percentage of regular  
operating cash flows

Year ended  
31 July 2019
$'000

 16,854 

 5,127 
 5,507 
 671 
 3,841 
 934 
 1,231 
 1,706 
 265 
 470 
 1,604 
 11,464 

 9,376 
 66,511 
 36,105 
 7,368 
 4,182 
 1,612 

 14,023 

 171,997 

–
 165 
6,700
(14,325)
(774)

180,617
(5,880)

 174,737 

(6,700)
1,546

 169,583 

 57,455 
 81,394 

 138,849 

81.88%

69

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
Parent Entity Information

1 NOTE 1 

PARENT ENTITY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (continued)

Accounting policies
Parent Entity >>>  continued from page 68 
In the Parent Entity, investments in subsidiaries and associates are carried at the lower of cost or impaired value. 
Dividends from these entities are recognised as income within profit or loss. This approach reflects the Parent 
Entity’s activities as an investor. 

The consolidated financial statements recognises the individual assets, liabilities, income and expenses of 
subsidiaries. Associates are equity accounted, with the initial investment being increased/(decreased) by profits/
(losses) recognised in the profit or loss, movements in other comprehensive income and decreased by dividends 
received. Dividends from both subsidiaries and associates are not recognised in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income. 

a) 

Interest bearing liabilities of the Parent Entity 
During the year, the Parent Entity utilised short term bank finance. At 31 July 2019, the debt owing was $30 
million (2018: $nil) and is included within current liabilities in the statement of financial position. The debt 
is secured by certain long term equities of the Parent Entity, is repayable upon either the bank or the Parent 
Entity providing 30 days’ notice, and incurs interest at a variable rate. The interest rate at 31 July 2019 was 
1.76% per annum. Refer to note 26. 

The Parent Entity is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements by financial institutions.

b)  Guarantees entered into by the Parent Entity

The Parent Entity provides cash backed guarantees for environmental bonds that are required by the 100% 
owned subsidiary, Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited. As at 31 July 2019 these guarantees totalled $22.678 
million (2018: $16.413 million).

c)  Contingent liabilities of the Parent Entity

The Parent Entity did not have any contingent liabilities as at 31 July 2019 or 31 July 2018. 

d) 

e) 

 Contractual commitments made by the Parent Entity, for the acquisition of property,  
plant or equipment 
The Parent Entity’s contractual commitments for property, plant or equipment as at 31 July 2019 are $44.000 
million (2018: $nil).

 Contractual commitments made by the Parent Entity on non-cancellable operating lease 
The Parent Entity entered into a seven year non-cancellable operating lease for its new office premise at 
Barrack Place, Sydney. The lease commenced on the 1 April 2019. Other commitments include an operating 
lease for office equipment.

Operating Leases

Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to  
non-cancellable operating leases are payable as follows:
–  Within one year
–  Later than one year but not later than five years
–  Later than five years

2019
$’000

1,234 
5,468 
2,519 

9,221 

2018
$’000

399 
5,177 
3,953 

9,529 

70

2 NOTE 2 

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS TO SHAREHOLDERS

Accounting policy
A liability is recognised for the amount of any dividend declared on or before the end of the year but not 
distributed at reporting date. As the final dividend was declared by Directors after year end, the final dividend has 
not been recognised as a liability.

a)  Dividends paid during the year 

Final dividend for the year ended 31 July 2018 of 33 cents  
(2017: 32 cents) per fully paid ordinary share paid on 10 December 2018 
(2017: 11 December 2017) fully franked based on tax paid at 30%

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 July 2019 of 24 cents  
(2018: 23 cents) per fully paid ordinary share paid on 9 May 2019  
(2018: 10 May 2018) fully franked based on tax paid at 30%

Total dividends paid

b)  Dividends not recognised at year end 

In addition to the above dividends, since year end the Directors have 
declared the payment of:

A final dividend of 34 cents per fully paid ordinary share,  
(2018: 33 cents) fully franked based on tax paid at 30%

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

79,000

76,606

57,455

136,455

55,061

131,667

81,394

79,000

This dividend is due to be paid on 9 December 2019 (2018: 10 December 2018) out of retained profits as at  
31 July 2019, and has not been recognised as a liability at year end.

c)  Franking of dividends 

The final dividend for 31 July 2019 will be franked out of existing 
franking credits or out of franking credits arising from the payment of 
income tax in the year ending 31 July 2019.

Franking credits available for future dividend payments 

Franking credits available for subsequent years based on an Australian 
company tax rate of 30% (2018: 30%).

The above franking credits represent the balance of the franking 
account as at the end of the year, adjusted for franking credits that will 
arise from the payment of provision for income tax, franking debits that 
will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the 
reporting date, and franking credits that will arise from the receipt of 
dividends recognised as receivables at the reporting date.

Subsequent to year end, the franking account will be reduced by the final 
dividend to be paid on 9 December 2019 (2018: 10 December 2018)..

Balance of franking credits available after payment  
of the final dividend

554,977

547,947

(34,883)

(33,857)

520,094

514,090

71

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019New Accounting Standards

3 NOTE 3 

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS 

(a)  New or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations adopted 

The Consolidated Entity has adopted all of the new or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued 
by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) that are mandatory for the current reporting period.

The following new and amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations are most relevant to the 
Consolidated Entity:

(i) 

 AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

AASB 15 is the new standard for recognition of revenue and replaces AASB 118 which covered revenue arising 
from the sale of goods and the rendering of services and AASB 111 which covered construction contracts. The 
Group adopted AASB 15 from 1 August 2018 which resulted in minor changes in accounting policies and adjust-
ments to amounts previously recognised in the financial statements. In accordance with the transition provisions 
in AASB 15, the Group adopted the modified retrospective method of implementation and comparative figures 
were not restated.

The standard established new principles and models for revenue to be allocated in accordance with the 
satisfaction of the performance obligation of a contract. It addresses revenue derived from provision of goods, 
services and customer contracts. Revenue is recognised when the control of goods or services are transferred to 
customers and for the amount to which the company expects to be entitled, either over time or at a point in time. 

Revenue recognition 

The Group recognises sales revenue related to the transfer of promised goods or services when the performance 
obligations under the contract have been satisfied. The amount of revenue recognised reflects the consideration 
to which the Group is or expects to be entitled for satisfying the performance obligation.

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised for the major business activities as follows:
 1 Coal sales revenue is recognised at a point in time when control of the products have been transferred to the 
customer in accordance with the sales terms, in this instance when the risks and benefits of ownership has 
transferred. The legal title, risks and rewards, and therefore the fulfilment of performance obligations normally 
occurs at the time of loading the shipment for export sales, and generally at the time the coal is delivered to 
the customer for domestic sales.

 1 Oil sales revenue is recognised at the point in time when control of the products have been transferred to the 
customer in accordance with the sales terms, in this instance when the risks and benefits of ownership have 
transferred. This is normally when the oil is delivered to the customer.

 1 Copper, zinc, silver and gold sales revenue is initially recognised at its estimated sales value when control 

and the risks of ownership of the product are passed onto the customer. Adjustments are made for changes 
in commodity prices, assays, weight and currency between the time of the sale and the time of the final 
settlement of the sales proceeds.

 1 Service fee income, including consulting and management fee income, is recognised as revenue over time as 

the services are performed.

Performance obligation for domestic and export sales

For domestic sales, the performance obligation is satisfied upon delivery of the products to the customer.

For export sales, the revenue contracts are on Free On Board (FOB) basis. The performance obligation is satisfied 
when the product is loaded on a ship. 

Provisional pricing arrangements

Sales contracts for commodities often incorporate provisional pricing. Provisional pricing might arise for a variety 
of reasons:

Sale of coal
 1 The time taken to transport the product might mean that the customer wishes to pay the market price at the 
date of eventual delivery at the final destination – in those situations, a provisional price is charged on the 
date control of the product initially transfers. 

 1 The final quality and volume of the component commodities will not be known until further testing at its 

final destination.

Sale of copper, zinc, silver and gold metals
Sales revenue on copper, zinc, silver and gold metals are recognised in three stages:
 1 First provisional invoice for 90% of the transaction value is issued based on the market price, quality and 

quantity of the metals at date when control is passed to the buyer at the port of loading. The payment is due 
on the day of loading.

 1 Second provisional invoice for 10% of the metal value is issued based on the latest known market price, 

quality and quantity of the metals. The payment is due between 90 and 180 days of delivery. 

 1 Final invoice is issued when adjustments are made for changes in commodity prices, assays, weight and 

currency, which is generally 90-180 days after sales was initially recognised. 

Key judgement and estimates
Judgement is required by management to determine the amount of revenue recognised for each shipment at the 
port of loading. Such estimates are determined using either the ‘expected value’ or ‘most likely amount’ method. If 
provisional pricing results in variable consideration, further judgement will be required to determine whether the 
estimated revenue is subject to significant reversal. This might be particularly relevant where the final quality of 
products delivered will not be known until testing at its destination.

Adoption of AASB 15 by Associates

The associates of the Consolidated Entity have adopted AASB 15 which resulted in the changes in their 
accounting policies for set-up revenue, brand fee income received from franchisees, subscriber acquisition costs, 
sales commission costs and rebates agreements. These costs were previously expensed as incurred. Under the 
new AASB 15, these costs are capitalised as contract costs and amortised over the anticipated contract period. 
The associates have adopted AASB 15 using the modified retrospective approach. Therefore, the net impact of the 
change in the associates’ accounting policy on the Consolidated Entity’s financial statement was a $1.174 million 
restatement to opening retained profit and a corresponding increase in the Consolidated Entity’s share on net 
assets of the associates. The adoption of AASB 15 by the associates did not have an impact on the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income.

Impact of adoption of AASB 15

The Group has reviewed its current policies in relation to the amounts and timing of revenue recognised from 
its contractual arrangements. As the Group’s revenue is derived primarily from the sales of minerals on a free on 
board basis in which the transfer of the risks and rewards coincides with the fulfilment of performance obligations 
and transfer of control as defined by AASB 15, there was no quantitative change in respect of the timing and 
amount of revenue the Group currently recognises.

Fees in advance, totalling $0.591 million as at 31 July 2019 (2018: $0.387 million), which were previously included 
in trade and other payables, are now disclosed separately as contract liabilities in accordance with AASB 15.

(ii)  AASB 9 Financial Instruments

This standard includes new requirements for classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities, 
impairment of financial assets and hedge accounting of financial instruments. This standard replaces AASB 139 
Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The Group has adopted AASB 9 and related amendments 
from 1 August 2018. Comparative results are not restated as permitted by the standard. 

Classification and measurement

The Group has performed a comprehensive assessment of its financial instruments based on the Group’s business 
model for managing financial assets. Debt assets, derivatives and equity holdings are first tested against the 
“contractual cash flow characteristics test”. 

72

73

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019New Accounting Standards

3 NOTE 3 

Financial assets at amortised cost

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS (CONTINUED)

AASB 9 introduces a new Expected Credit Loss (ECL) model. This model is a forward looking method for 
impairment of debt or derivative financial assets, measured at amortised cost or Fair Value through Other 
Comprehensive Income (FVOCI). Debt based financial assets include loans, intercompany loans and receivables. 

Under the old standard, the impairment existed when a default event occurred. An impairment loss was 
recognised as a separate provision against the gross value of the receivable. Under the new AASB 9, the Group 
measures the loss allowance for a financial asset using a three-stage impairment model based on whether or not 
a significant change in credit risk has occurred since initial recognition. 

Where the financial assets credit risk has not significantly increase since initial recognition, the Group will measure 
the loss allowance under Stage 1 Performing financial assets, based on 12 month ECL. For the assets with a significant 
increase in credit risk since initial recognition, a loss allowance will be provided under Stage 2 Underperforming or 
Stage 3 Non-performing financial assets based on lifetime ECL for credit losses expected over the life of the exposure.

The Group classifies its financial assets as at amortised cost only if both the following criteria are met:
 1 the assets is held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows, and
 1 the contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest.

Trade receivables 
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of 
business. They are generally due for settlement between 30 and 45 days and therefore are all classified as current. 
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value. The Group holds the trade receivables with the objective to 
collect the contractual cash flows and therefore measure them subsequently at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

Loans to external parties and intercompany
The Parent Entity is the main entity within the Group holding loans (both external and intercompany). There is no 
change in classification of loans from the old standard, AASB 139 to the new standard AASB 9. Loans will continue 
to be held at amortised cost (ie. principal and interest).

Other receivables 
These amounts generally arise from transactions outside the usual operating activities of the Group. Interest may 
be charged at commercial rates where the terms of repayment exceed the due date.

A simplified approach is taken to accounting for trade and other receivables as well as contract assets with the 
loss allowance equal to the lifetime ECL recorded. In applying this simplified method, the Group uses its historical 
experience, external indicators and forward-looking information to calculate the ECL.

The Group has revised its impairment methodology under AASB 9 for financial assets under the new expected 
credit loss model for all its assets held at amortised cost. There has been no material financial impact in the change 
to the impairment assessment of financial assets held at amortised cost as a result of this change in methodology.

Adoption of AASB 9 by Associates
An associate of the Group has adopted AASB 9 resulting in the changes in their accounting policies for provision 
for doubtful debts. AASB 9 replaced the ‘incurred loss’ model in AASB 139 with a forward-looking ECL model. The 
associates had adopted AASB 9 using the modified retrospective approach. The net impact of the change in the 
associates’ accounting policy on the Group’s financial statement was a $1.205 million restatement to opening 
retained profit and a corresponding decrease in the Group’s share of net assets of the associate. The adoption of 
AASB 9 by the associate did not have an impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

74

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)

The Parent Entity is the main entity within the Group that holds equities held for trading. An “investment held for 
trading” has the following characteristics, including:
 1 Investing primarily for the purpose of providing shareholders with returns from short term capital 

appreciation; and

 1 A short to medium term investment strategy, with an intention to sell the investment at an appropriate time. 

The Group’s financial assets classified as trading equities are measured at FVTPL. These financial assets which were 
previously held at FVTPL under AASB 139 continue to be measured at FVTPL under AASB 9. There is no change to 
the classification and measurement of financial assets at FVTPL on adoption of AASB 9.

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)

For the Group, a “long term equity investment” is one that has the following characteristics, including: 
 1 An intention to hold for the long-term investment with prospects for value appreciation (both capital and a 
sustainable, fully franked dividend income stream) that is consistent with the Group’s investment strategy; 
and

 1 Providing diversification benefits to the Group’s investment portfolio. 

The Group has performed a comprehensive review of its investment portfolio. For the Group’s financial assets 
classified as long term equity investments, an irrevocable election in classifying these long term equity invest-
ments to be measured at FVOCI has been made. This is in accordance with the Group’s business model and the 
contractual terms of the investments cash flows.

On disposal of these equity investments, any related balance within the FVOCI reserve is reclassified to retained 
earnings.

In the prior year, the Group had designated long term equity investments as available-for-sale where manage-
ment intended to hold them for the medium to long term.

Impact of adoption of AASB 9

The Group elected to present in other comprehensive income changes in the fair value of all its Long term equity 
investments, previously accounted for as available for sale (AFS) financial assets under AASB 9. These investments 
are held as long term strategic investments that are not expected to be sold in the short to medium term. Upon 
adoption of AASB 9, these financial assets are now accounted for as financial assets classified as FVOCI resulting in 
a reclassification of prior year fair value adjustments from retained profits to reserves. 

Other financial assets have been reclassified as part of Long term equity investments on the consolidated 
statement of financial position.

The main effects resulting from the reclassification of the Group’s investment portfolio are as follows:

Other financial assets – equity investments at 31 July 2018 – AASB 139
Long term equity investments at 31 July 2018 – AASB 139
Reclassify other financial assets and long term equity investments to FVOCI

Long term equity investments at 1 August 2018 – AASB 9

AFS
$’000

17,571
732,298
(749,869)

–

FVOCI
$’000

–
–
749,869

749,869

At 31 July 2018, the Group held $750 million of long term equity investments which are now classified as FVOCI 
financial assets under AASB 9. Under AASB 139, changes in the fair value of these investments were recognised in 
the asset revaluation reserve within equity and any impairments of these investments were recognised in profit 
or loss. When the investment is disposed, the cumulative fair value changes would have been recycled from asset 
revaluation reserve to the profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment.

From 1 August 2018, under AASB 9, these long term equity investments are classified as FVOCI. However, any 
impairment loss recognised will be transferred to asset revaluation reserve and no longer be recognised in profit 
or loss. Any realised gain or loss on disposal will be transferred from asset revaluation reserve to the Capital gains 
reserve within equity.

75

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019The Group has reviewed all of the leasing arrangements in light of the new lease accounting rules in AASB 16. The 
standard will affect primarily the accounting for the Group’s operating leases. As at balance date, the Group has 
non-cancellable operating lease commitments. The Group does hold within these lease commitments a number 
of short term leases and low value assets which will be recognised on a straight-line basis as an expenses in profit 
or loss. 

This standard is mandatory for financial years commencing on or after 1 January 2019 and the Group does 
not intend to adopt the standard before its effective date. This standard will be first applicable for the year 
commencing 1 August 2019 and the Group is currently in the final stages of determining the final impact on the 
consolidated financial statement.

The Group expects to recognise on the consolidated statement of financial position right-of-use assets of 
approximately $108.0 million on 1 August 2019, lease liabilities of $108.0 million and no deferred tax assets. 
Overall, no material change to net assets is expected. The Group expects that net profit after tax will decrease by 
approximately $1.0 million as a result of adopting the new lease rules.

In modelling these scenarios, the Group has made certain assumptions and judgements in relation to economic 
conditions including, but not limited to: the incremental borrowing rates, composition of the lease portfolio, and 
non-cancellable lease terms that may cause the actual output to differ to that experienced in the current year.

The Consolidated Entity plans to adopt AASB 16 Leases using the modified retrospective approach with no 
restatement of comparative information for the year ending 31 July 2020 upon initial adoption. 

(ii) 

Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income tax treatments

Interpretation 23 sets out how to determine the accounting tax position when there is uncertainty over income 
tax treatments. The Interpretation requires an entity to:
 1 Determine whether uncertain tax positions are assessed separately or as a group; and
 1 Assess whether it is probable that a tax authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment used, or proposed to 

be used, by an entity in its income tax filings. 

The Interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019 and the Group did not 
adopt the interpretation before its effective date. The date of first application of the interpretation was 1 August 
2019. The directors do not anticipate that the application of the Interpretation will have a material impact on the 
Group’s consolidated financial statements.

There are no other standards or interpretations that are not yet effective that are expected to have a material 
impact on the Group.

New Accounting Standards

3 NOTE 3 

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS (CONTINUED)

The impact of the above AASB 9 and AASB 15 changes on the Group’s equity is as follows:

Closing balance at 31 July 2018
Reclassify long term equity investments from available for sale to FVOCI
Effect of initial adoption of AASB 9 by Associate
Effect of initial adoption of AASB 15 by Associate

Effect on 
reserve 
$’000

605,865
(53,892)
–
–

Effect on 
retained 
profits
$’000

2,718,057
53,892
(1,205)
1,174

Opening balance at 1 August 2018 – AASB 9 

551,973

2,771,918

The cumulative effect on initial application of AASB 9 on long term equity investments is a change to opening 
retained profits and a decrease in the Asset revaluation reserve of $53.9 million at 1 August 2018. This is predom-
inately due to the reclassification of previous impairment losses of long term equity investments from retained 
profits to be presented in reserves.

Hedging (commodity and forward foreign exchange contracts)

The new hedge accounting rules under AASB 9 align the accounting for hedge instruments more closely with 
the Group’s risk management practices. The Group has confirmed that its current hedge relationships qualify as 
continuing hedges upon the adoption of AASB 9 on 1 August 2018. There is no rebalancing of any of the hedging 
relationships necessary on initial application as the critical terms of the hedging instruments match those of their 
corresponding hedged items, all hedging relationships continue to be effective under AASB 9’s effectiveness 
assessment requirements. The Group has also not designated any hedging relationships under AASB 9 that would 
not have met the qualifying hedge accounting criteria under AASB 139.

(b)  Accounting Standards issued but not yet implemented

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for the 
current year and have not been early adopted by the Group. The Group’s provisional assessment of the impact of 
these new standards on the financial statements for the current year is set out below:

(i)  AASB 16 Leases

AASB 16 replaces AASB 117 ‘Leases’ and for lessees will eliminate the classifications of operating leases and finance 
leases. 

Subject to exceptions, a ‘right-of-use’ (ROU) asset will be capitalised in the consolidated statement of financial 
position, measured at the present value of the unavoidable future lease payments to be made over the lease 
term. The exceptions relate to short-term leases of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets where an 
accounting policy choice exists whereby either a ‘right-of-use’ asset is recognised or lease payments are expensed 
to the profit or loss as incurred. A liability corresponding to the capitalised lease will also be recognised, adjusted 
for lease prepayments, lease incentives received, initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of any future 
restoration, removal or dismantling costs. Straight-line operating lease expense recognition will be replaced 
with a depreciation charge for the leased asset (included in operating costs) and an interest expense on the 
recognised lease liabilities (included in finance costs). In the earlier periods of the lease, the expenses associated 
with the lease under AASB 16 will be higher when compared to lease expenses under AASB 117. However, EBITDA 
(Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation) results will be improved as the operating expense 
is now replaced by interest expense and depreciation in profit or loss under AASB16. For classification within 
the consolidated statement of cash flows, the lease payments will be separated into both a principal (financing 
activities) and interest (either operating or financing activities) component. For lessor accounting, the standard 
does not substantially change how a lessor accounts for leases.

76

77

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Group Structure and Performance

4 NOTE 4 

SEGMENT INFORMATION 

Corporate structure
The Parent Entity is an investment company that invests in a diversified range of entities and asset classes. 

Larger holdings in a single entity are classified as follows:

Subsidiaries

The Parent Entity is able to control the activities of the organisation.

Associates

The Parent Entity has significant influence but does not control the activities of the organisa-
tion. Results from listed associates are sourced from publicly available information. Unlisted 
associates results are sourced directly from the investee.

Acquisition
During the year, New Hope Corporation Limited, a subsidiary of the Group acquired an additional 40% interest in 
the Bengalla Joint Venture. Refer to note 7. 

During the year, WHSP Aquatic Achievers Pty Limited, a subsidiary of the Group acquired 100% interest in two 
swim schools - one in Australian Capital Territory and one in Victoria. Refer to note 7.

Discontinued operations
On 17 October 2018, two New Hope Corporation Limited wholly owned subsidiaries, Northern Energy 
Corporation Limited and Colton Coal Pty Limited were placed into voluntary administration. Effective on this date, 
New Hope Corporation Limited, a subsidiary of the Group lost control over these subsidiaries. Refer to note 8.

For changes in ownership of associates, refer to note 12.

Change in reporting segments
The Group has amended its segment disclosures to more accurately reflect the current information provided 
to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) and the changes to how the CODM manages and assesses the 
performance of the operating segments. The information provided to the CODM has changed since the prior 
year and therefore it was appropriate to update the segment disclosure to reflect these changes. The comparative 
segment disclosures have been updated to be consistent with the current year segment disclosures.

Segment reporting
The Parent Entity, its subsidiaries and associates operate within five segments. Four segments are based on material 
holdings of individual investments, where the Parent Entity has board representation. All segments are predomi-
nately based in Australia.

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the CODM. The 
CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has 
been identified as the Board.

The Group’s operating segments are described as:

New Hope Corporation Limited 
The Group engages in coal, oil and gas activities 
which include exploration, development, production, 
processing, associated transport infrastructure and 
ancillary activities. 

Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited
The Group engages in zinc, copper and gold mining 
activities which includes exploration, mining and 
processing of ore into copper concentrate, copper 
sulphide and gold. 

TPG Telecom Limited (TPG) 
The Parent Entity has a 25.3% strategic investment in 
TPG. TPG is a telecommunications and internet provider.

Brickworks Limited (Brickworks) 
The Parent Entity has a 43.8% strategic investment in 
Brickworks. Brickworks is a diversified business that 
has four divisions, manufacture and sales of building 
products Australia, building products North America, 
property development and an investment in WHSP. 

Other investing activities
The Group invests in diverse portfolio of equities, 
properties, loans, cash and term deposits.

WHSP GROUP
(CONSOLIDATED ENTITY)

New Hope
Corporation
Limited

ASX: NHC

Round Oak 
Minerals 
Pty Limited

Brickworks
Limited

TPG Telecom
Limited

ASX: BKW

ASX: TPM

OTHER
INVESTING
ACTIVITIES

WHSP: 50.01%

WHSP: 100%

WHSP: 43.8%

WHSP: 25.3%

ACTIVITIES

WHSP
Loans

WHSP
Property

WHSP Equities
Portfolios

Australian
Pharmaceutical
Industries Limited

ASX: API

Apex
Healthcare
Berhad

KLS: 7090*

Palla
Pharma
Limited

ASX: PAL

WHSP: 19.3%

WHSP: 30.1%

WHSP: 19.9%

Pengana 
Capital 
Group Limited

ASX: PCG

Ampcontrol
Pty Limited

Verdant 
Minerals 
Limited

WHSP: 38.6%

WHSP: 42.9%

WHSP: 33.4%

78

79

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019SEGMENTSControlled entities (subsidaries) and associated entitiesWHSP group percentage ownership determines the extent the Parent entity is able to manage theunderlying operationsCONTROLLED ENTITIESASSOCIATED ENTITIESOTHER ASSOCIATESSignificant influenceWHSP group percentageownership of associates* Listed on the Malaysian    Stock Exchange 
 
Group Structure and Performance

b)  Reporting segments 

4 NOTE 4 

SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

Business performance – measurement of segment results

Segment performance is measured by regular profit and regular profit after tax attributable to members. These 
results are non-statutory profit measures and represent profit from continuing operations before non-regular items. 
The measurement basis in general, excludes the effects of non-regular items of income and expense which by 
nature are outside the ordinary course of business or are part of ordinary activities but are unusual due to their size.

Regular profit after tax attributable to members is the main measure of segment profit. 

A reconciliation between regular profit after tax attributable to members and profit after tax is set out below, and 
for each segment is set out in note 4a.

The Directors have presented this information which is used by the CODM, as they consider the disclosure 
enhances the understanding of the results to members and users of the financial statements. 

The allocation of income and expense items between regular and non-regular profit is consistent with the prior 
year. Transactions between business segments are on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to transactions 
with third parties. Segment revenue, expenses and results include transactions between business segments. These 
transfers are eliminated on consolidation.

a) 

 Reconciliation between regular profit after tax attributable  
to members and profit after tax:

Regular profit after tax attributable to members

307,262 

331,143 

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

Non-regular items – net of tax
Acquisition costs expensed
Deferred tax recognised on equity accounted associates
Gain on deemed disposal of equity accounted associates
Gain on de-recognition as equity accounted associates
Gain on disposal of equity investments
Gain on sale of 160 Pitt Street
Onerous contract and other expenses
Impairment expense on equity accounted associates
Impairment expense on mine development assets
Impairment expense on equity investments
Impairment expense on exploration assets
Impairment (expense)/reversal on other assets
Non-cash in-specie dividend
Redundancies
Share of non-regular items from equity accounted associates
Other items

Total non-regular losses after tax attributable to members

Profit after tax attributable to members

(17,101)
(13,632)
1,345 
– 
–
68,968 
(10,000)
(34,807)
(16,645)
– 
– 
(1,323)
3,592 
(1,791)
(37,129)
(796)

(59,319)

247,943 

(3,963)
(39,198)
190 
50,641 
18,748
– 
(5,243)
(16,545)
–
(4,206)
(46,310)
14 
– 
(1,081)
(16,617)
(727)

(64,297) 

266,846

n
o
i
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

e
p
o
H
w
e
N

d
e
t
i

m
i
L

g
n
i
t
s
e
v
n
I

s
e
i
t
i
v
i
t
c
a

r
e
h
t
O

y
t
P
s
l
a
r
e
n
M

i

k
a
O
d
n
u
o
R

d
e
t
i

m
i
L

$’000

$’000

$’000

Year ended 31 July 2019

Revenue from external customers**
Intersegment revenue***

1,306,429
–

176,321
116,730

133,138
–

Total revenue

1,306,429

293,051

133,138

m
o
c
e
l
e
T
G
P
T

^
d
e
t
i

m
i
L

$’000

–
–

–

s
k
r
o
w
k
c
i
r
B

^
d
e
t
i

m
i
L

$’000

/
t
n
e
m
g
e
s
r
e
t
n
I

d
e
t
a
c
o

l
l
a
n
u

$’000

d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
C

$’000

–
–

–

–
(116,730)

1,615,888
–

(116,730)

1,615,888

Regular profit/(loss) before income tax
Add non-regular items before tax 

384,287
(76,517)

112,360
47,546

(76,163)
(27,606)

95,044
(51,136)

Profit/(loss) before income tax 

307,770

159,906

(103,769)

43,908

Less income tax (expense)/benefit 
Profit after tax from discontinued operations

(97,338)
220

(25,156)
–

30,303
–

#(9,783)
–

54,710
27,181

81,891

#(17,795)
–

*(13,805)
(1,435)

556,433
(81,967)

(15,240)

474,466

4,572
–

(115,197)
220

Profit/(loss) after tax
Less (profit) attributable to  
non-controlling interests 

Profit/(loss) after tax  
attributable to members

Profit/(loss) after tax  
attributable to members (as above) 
Non-regular loss/(profit) after tax  
attributable to members 

Regular profit/(loss) after tax  
attributable to members 

210,652

134,750

(73,466)

34,125

64,096

(10,668)

359,489

(105,305)

(6,241)

–

–

–

–

(111,546)

105,347

128,509

(73,466)

34,125

64,096

(10,668)

247,943

105,347

128,509

(73,466)

34,125

64,096

(10,668)

247,943

28,923

(41,465)

19,324

60,919

(9,386)

1,004

59,319

134,270

87,044

(54,142)

95,044

54,710

(9,664)

307,262

*  Unallocated represents Parent Entity corporate costs that are not allocated to individual segments. 
**  The revenue of New Hope Corporation Limited and Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited is in respect of contracts with customers recognised at a point in time.
***  Represents inter-segment dividends and interest received from subsidiaries and associates that are eliminated on consolidation.
^  These investments are equity accounted associates, consequently there is no revenue recognised as only the share of associates profit after tax is recognised in profit or loss.
#  The income tax expense relates to the equity accounted associates deferred tax on consolidation.

80

81

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Structure and Performance

4 NOTE 4 

SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

b)  Reporting segments (continued)

n
o
i
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

e
p
o
H
w
e
N

d
e
t
i

m
i
L

g
n
i
t
s
e
v
n
I

s
e
i
t
i
v
i
t
c
a

r
e
h
t
O

y
t
P
s
l
a
r
e
n
M

i

k
a
O
d
n
u
o
R

d
e
t
i

m
i
L

$’000

$’000

$’000

Year ended 31 July 2018 
(restated)

Revenue from external customers**
Intersegment revenue***

1,078,439
–

62,364
94,497

Total revenue

1,078,439

156,861

33,945
–

33,945

m
o
c
e
l
e
T
G
P
T

^
d
e
t
i

m
i
L

$’000

–
–

–

s
k
r
o
w
k
c
i
r
B

^
d
e
t
i

m
i
L

$’000

/
t
n
e
m
g
e
s
r
e
t
n
I

d
e
t
a
c
o

l
l
a
n
u

$’000

d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
C

$’000

–
–

–

–
(94,497)

1,174,748
–

(94,497)

1,174,748

Regular profit/(loss) before income tax
Add non-regular items before tax 

373,207
(105,594)

71,158
67,809

(13,804)
(4,064)

109,033
(8,998)

44,518
(4,012)

*(12,808)
(2,824)

571,304
(57,683)

Profit/(loss) before income tax 

267,613

138,967

(17,868)

100,035

40,506

(15,632)

513,621

Less income tax (expense)/benefit
Loss after tax from discontinued operations

(80,284)
(37,831)

(34,122)
–

5,281
–

#(27,214)
–

#(8,841)
–

4,690
–

(140,490)
(37,831)

149,498

104,845

(12,587)

72,821

31,665

(10,942)

335,300

(68,033)

(421)

–

–

–

–

(68,454)

81,465

104,424

(12,587)

72,821

31,665

(10,942)

266,846

Profit/(loss) after tax
Less (profit) attributable to  
non-controlling interests 

Profit/(loss) after tax  
attributable to members

Profit/(loss) after tax  
attributable to members (as above) 
Non-regular loss/(profit) after tax  
attributable to members

Regular profit/(loss) after tax  
attributable to members 

5 NOTE 5 

RESERVES

Certain changes in the value of assets and liabilities are not recognised in the profit or loss but are instead 
included in other comprehensive income.

Also included in reserves is the Group’s share of the reserves of equity accounted associates.

a)  Reserves attributable to members

Asset revaluation reserve
General reserve
Foreign currency translation reserve
Capital profits reserve
Hedge reserve
Share-based payments reserve
Equity reserves
Capital gains reserve

Closing balance at 31 July

b)  Major movements in reserves consist of:

Asset revaluation reserve
Opening balance at 1 August
Adjustment on initial adoption of AASB 9
Revaluation of long term equity investments, gross
Revaluation of long term equity investments, deferred tax
Transfer gain on sale of long term equity investments to  
capital gains reserve, gross
Transfer gain on sale of long term equity investments to  
capital gains reserve, deferred tax
Transfer on sale of long term equity investments to profit, gross
Transfer on sale of long term equity investments to profit, deferred tax
Impairment of long term equity investments, gross
Impairment of long term equity investments, deferred tax
Share of associates – (decrements)/increments
Other revaluations

2019
$’000

167,561 
2,342 
4,058 
7,861 
(14,067)
6,757 
(11,150)
13,241 

2018
$’000

198,260 
404,548 
1,783 
7,861 
(1,347)
4,997 
(10,237)
– 

176,603 

605,865 

198,260 
(39,960)
65,374 
(27,065) 

(25,530) 

6,231 
–
–
(13,167) 
3,951 
(329) 
(204)

196,254 
–
4,679 
(25)

–

–
(10,711)
3,449
5,889 
(1,683)
408 
–

81,465

104,424

(12,587)

72,821

31,665

(10,942)

266,846

Closing balance at 31 July

167,561 

198,260 

51,539

(41,139)

2,856

36,212

12,853

1,976

64,297

133,004

63,285

(9,731)

109,033

44,518

(8,966)

331,143

Asset revaluation reserve
At balance date, the asset revaluation reserve predominately relates to the net unrealised gains of the Parent 
Entity’s long term equity investments.

*  Unallocated represents Parent Entity corporate costs that are not allocated to individual segments. 
**  The revenue of New Hope Corporation Limited and Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited is in respect of contracts with customers recognised at a point in time.
***  Represents inter-segment dividends and interest received from subsidiaries and associates that are eliminated on consolidation.
^  These investments are equity accounted associates, consequently there is no revenue recognised as only the share of associates profit after tax is recognised in profit or loss.
#  The income tax expense relates to the equity accounted associates deferred tax on consolidation. 

82

83

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Structure and Performance

5 NOTE 5 

RESERVES (continued)

Capital profits reserve
Opening balance at 1 August
Transactions with non-controlling interests

Closing balance at 31 July

2019
$’000

7,861 
– 

7,861

2018
$’000

11,368 
(3,507)

7,861 

Capital Profit Reserve
Movements in the capital profit reserve relates to the decrease in the Parent Entity’s share of this reserve.  
This decrease was due to the Parent Entity disposing of 9.64% of interest in New Hope Corporation Limited  
to non-controlling interests during the prior year.

General reserve
Opening balance at 1 August
Transfer to retained profits

Closing balance at 31 July

2019
$’000

404,548 
(402,206)

2,342 

2018
$’000

404,548 
– 

404,548 

General reserve
The general reserve historically recorded funds set aside for future requirements of the Group and related to the 
Parent Entity. This reserve was created by transferring from retained profits in prior years. In the current year, the 
majority of this balance has been transferred back to retained profits.

Capital gains reserve 
Opening balance at 1 August
Adjustment on initial adoption of AASB 9
Gains on sale of long term equity investments, net of tax

Closing balance at 31 July

2019
$’000

–
(13,933)
27,174

13,241 

2018
$’000

–
–
–

–

Capital gains reserve 
The movement in capital gains reserve predominately relates to the net gains on the sale of the Parent Entity’s 
long term equity investments.

Hedge reserve 
Opening balance at 1 August
Revaluation, gross
Revaluation, deferred tax
Transfer to profit, gross
Transfer to profit, deferred tax
Share of associates (decrements)/increments

2019
$’000

(1,347)
(14,167)
4,253 
10,554 
(3,166)
(10,194)

2018
$’000

6,429 
(4,185)
1,274 
(7,356)
2,207
284

Closing balance at 31 July

(14,067)

(1,347)

Hedge reserve
Decrements in the Group’s share of associates in the current year relate to movements in TPG Telecom Limited’s 
interest rate swap contracts to hedge the interest rate risk on its debt facilities.

84

85

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 20196

Group Structure and Performance

NOTE 6 
SHARE CAPITAL

Accounting policy – Share capital 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or 
options are shown in equity as a deduction net of tax, from the proceeds. The amounts of any capital return are 
applied against share capital.

Group and Parent Entity

Group and Parent Entity

2019
No of shares

239,395,320

2019
$’000

2018
No of shares

43,232

239,395,320

2018
$’000

43,232

Fully paid ordinary shares

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the Company in 
proportion to the number of, and amounts paid on the shares held. On a show of hands every holder of ordinary 
shares present at a meeting in person or by proxy is entitled to one vote, and upon a poll each share is entitled to 
one vote. Ordinary shares have no par value.

Capital Management

The objective of the Group’s capital management approach is to maintain a strong capital base in order to 
maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain the future development of the Group.

There were no changes to the Group’s approach to capital management during the year.

The Group’s capital base consists of total shareholders’ equity, borrowings and other interest bearing liabilities.  
The movement in shareholders equity is shown in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. Refer to  
page 62.

During the year, the Parent Entity utilised short term bank finance. At 31 July 2019, this balance was $30 million 
(2018: $nil). In addition, non-recourse debt of $12.000 million (2018: $34.825 million) has been utilised to finance 
investment properties held within a 100% wholly owned subsidiary. Refer to note 26a.

 The Parent Entity is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements by financial institutions.

 The Board declares dividends having regard to the Parent Entity’s regular operating cash flows, refer to note 1.

7 NOTE 7 

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Accounting policy – Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations regardless of whether 
equity instruments or assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a business combi-
nation comprises the fair value of the assets transferred and the liabilities incurred. The consideration transferred 
also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration arrangement and the fair value of any pre-existing 
equity interest in the subsidiary. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

Identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, 
with limited exceptions, measured at fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, 
the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling 
interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable assets.

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the 
acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the net identifiable 
assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets 
of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, the difference is recognised 
directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted 
to present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, 
being the rate at which similar borrowings could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable 
terms and conditions.

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial 
liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the profit or loss.

If the Group recognises previous acquired deferred tax assets after the initial acquisition accounting is completed 
there will be no adjustment to goodwill. As a consequence, the recognition of the deferred tax asset will increase 
the Group’s net profit after tax. 

Other unincorporated arrangements
As a result of the acquisition of an additional 40% interest in the Bengalla Joint Venture, New Hope Corporation 
Limited has identified another category of interest in other entities and provides below the updated accounting 
policy of that arrangement. Refer to Note 11.

a) 

 New Hope Corporation Limited acquisition of additional interests  
in the Bengalla Joint Venture

New Hope Corporation Limited increased its stake in the assets and liabilities of the Bengalla Joint Venture by 
30% on 3 December 2018 and a further 10% on 25 March 2019. The 10% acquisition had an effective date of 
1 December 2018, with a purchase price adjustment for working capital movements between 1 December 2018 
and 25 March 2019. The Bengalla Joint Venture is a coal mining and extraction operation producing thermal coal 
in the Hunter Valley, New South Wales in which New Hope Corporation Limited has held a 40% interest since 
1 March 2016.

Revenue and profit contribution

The acquired business contributed revenues of $253.024 million and a regular profit before tax since acquisition 
of $82.173 million to New Hope Corporation Limited for the period 1 December 2018 to 31 July 2019. The 
anticipated increase in production and sales tonnes annually is 4 million tonnes. Due to the variability in key 
market factors and operational variations, it is considered impractical to disclose an estimated revenue and profit 
or loss assuming the acquisition had occurred on 1 August 2018.

86

87

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Group Structure and Performance

7 NOTE 7 

Details of the acquisition

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (continued)

Purchase consideration and the net assets acquired are as follows:

30%
$’000

10%
$’000

2019 Total 
40%
$’000

The fair value of assets and liabilities recognised  
as a result of the acquisition are as follows:

Total purchase consideration

645,147

193,275

838,422 

Cash
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Property, plant and equipment
Intangibles
Trade and other payables
Provisions

Net assets acquired

3,787
13,721
18,236
622,188
31,133
(12,240)
(31,678)

3,371
5,239
7,233
185,419
10,447
(7,038)
(11,396)

7,158
18,960
25,469 
807,607
41,580
(19,278)
(43,074)

645,147

193,275

838,422

Net cash outflow for the acquisition are as follows:
Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired:
Total cash consideration – current year
Less: cash balance acquired

645,147
(3,787)

193,275
(3,371)

838,422
(7,158)

Outflow of cash – investing activities

641,360

189,904

831,264

b)  WHSP Aquatic Achievers Pty Limited’s acquisition of two swim schools

On 1 December 2018, a 100% subsidiary of the Parent Entity, WHSP Aquatic Achievers Pty Limited, acquired 100% 
interest in two swim schools – one in Australian Capital Territory and one in Victoria.

An earn-out clause in the Business Sale Agreement requires the Group to pay the vendor amounts in excess of 
base EBITDA of $0.445 million for the twelve-month period ending 31 October 2019. The deferred liability of 
$0.225 million has been calculated based on the estimated profit forecasts in support of the acquisition business 
case. The key assumption taken into consideration is the probability of meeting the performance targets.

Revenue and profit contributions

From the date of the acquisition, the operation of the two swim schools contributed $1.68 million of revenues and 
$0.84 million to regular profit before tax of the Group. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 August 2018, revenue 
and regular profit before-tax would have been $2.52 million and $1.26 million respectively.

Details of the acquisition

Purchase consideration and the net assets acquired are as follows:

The fair value of assets and liabilities recognised  
as a result of the acquisition are as follows:

Total purchase consideration

Total cash consideration – current year
Contingent consideration (earn-out)

Total purchase consideration

Cash and cash equivalent
Other receivables
Inventories
Property
Plant and equipment
Trade and other payables
Provisions

Fair value of net identifiable assets
Goodwill on acquisition

Net assets acquired

Net cash outflow for the acquisition are as follows:

Outflow of cash to acquire swim schools, net of cash acquired:
Total cash consideration – current year
Less: Cash balance acquired

Outflow of cash – investing activities
Stamp duty expensed
Other acquisition costs expensed

Total cash outflow

2019
$’000

8,097

7,872
225

8,097

50
12
3
4,010
1,603
(63)
(29)

5,586
2,511

8,097

7,872
(50)

7,822
180
382

8,384

The goodwill on acquisition arose from the excess of purchase price over the land, building and plant and 
equipment acquired and are considered to have an indefinite life with no amortisation applied. 

Key judgements and estimates

Acquisition fair value
The determination of the fair values of net identifiable assets acquired, and of any goodwill, involves significant 
judgement. The allocation of fair value between intangible assets, and the tangible assets with which they are 
used, is also judgmental. The Group engages third-party valuers to advise on the purchase price allocation for 
significant acquisitions.

88

89

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Group Structure and Performance

c)  Details of the disposal of the subsidiaries 

Total consideration
Carrying amount of net liabilities

Profit before income tax 
Income tax expense

Profit on loss of control of subsidiary after income tax

2019
$’000

– 
(3,022)

3,022
–

3,022

2018
$’000

– 
– 

– 
–

– 

8 NOTE 8 

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Accounting policy – Discontinued operations 
A discontinued operation is a component or subsidiary of the entity that has been disposed of or is classified as 
held for sale and that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, is part of 
a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of such a line of business or area of operations, or is a subsidiary acquired 
exclusively with a view to resale. The results of discontinued operations are presented separately in the consoli-
dated statement of comprehensive income.

a)  Description

On 17 October 2018, two New Hope Corporation Limited wholly owned subsidiaries, Northern Energy 
Corporation Limited and Colton Coal Pty Limited were placed into voluntary administration. Effective on this 
date, New Hope Corporation Limited lost control over these subsidiaries. The financial information relating to the 
discontinued operations for the period to 17 October 2018 is set out below. 

b)  Financial performance and cash flow information

The financial performance and cash flow information presented reflects the operations for the period ended 
17 October 2018 and the comparative balance for the year ended 31 July 2018.

Revenue
Expenses

Loss before income tax 
Income tax benefit

Loss after income tax of discontinued operations
Profit on loss of control of subsidiary after income tax

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations

Other comprehensive income from discontinued operations

Net cash outflow from operating activities
Net cash inflow / (outflow) from investing activities
Net cash inflow / (outflow) from financing activities

Net cash (outflow) from discontinued operations

Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations
Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations

2019
$’000

26 
(2,828)

(2,802)
–

(2,802)
3,022 

220 

–

(329)
26 
303 

– 

2019
Cents

0.09
0.09

2018
$’000

134 
(53,935) 

(53,801)
15,970

(37,831)
– 

(37,831) 

–

(9,940) 
(667) 
(4,016) 

(14,623) 

2018
Cents

(15.80) 
(15.80) 

90

91

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Structure and Performance

9

NOTE 9 
EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

New Hope Corporation Limited

On 10 September 2019, New Hope Corporation Limited received the judgment from the Queensland Court of 
Appeal in relation to the New Acland Stage 3 project which ruled against Oakey Coal Action Alliance and in favour 
of New Hope Corporation Limited on groundwater and apprehension of bias. New Hope Corporation Limited is 
pleased with the outcome however will await final orders to be handed down in due course before assessing next 
steps for the project. New Hope Corporation Limited remains committed to delivering the New Acland Stage 3 
project in a timely manner to ensure continuity of operations and ongoing employment in the region.

TPG Telecom Limited

On 10 September 2019, the Federal Court hearing commenced in relation to the proposed merger of TPG 
Telecom Limited and Vodafone Hutchison Australia.

Other than the above, the Directors are not aware of any other events subsequent to balance date that would 
significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group 
in subsequent years.

Accounting for Our Investments

10 NOTE 10 

INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES

Accounting policy – Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries such as New Hope Corporation Limited, the PSRE Urban Regeneration Trust, Round 
Oak Minerals Pty Limited (refer to segment note for a detailed listing of subsidiaries) are not recognised as 
individual investments in the consolidated financial statements. The assets and liabilities of each subsidiary 
are instead recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position. Dividends from subsidiaries are not 
recognised in the profit or loss, instead the results from each subsidiary are included in profit or loss.

The Parent Entity has a 50.01% (2018: 50.01%) shareholding in its subsidiary, New Hope Corporation Limited. 
New Hope Corporation Limited is an Australian listed company, its shares are publicly traded on the Australian 
Securities Exchange. It is a diversified energy company with operations covering coal mining and production, 
coal port operations and oil and gas production and exploration. Operations are mainly based in South East 
Queensland and in the Hunter Valley region, NSW with the Bengalla Joint Venture. The remaining 49.99% (2018: 
49.99%) shareholding in New Hope Corporation Limited (non-controlling interests) has a proportional share in the 
results and equity of New Hope Corporation Limited.

The Group consolidates the net assets and results of subsidiaries in full, and discloses separately for each, the 
amounts not controlled by the Group (non-controlling interests). The following provides a summary of the 
financial information of New Hope Corporation Limited:
 1 Non-controlling interest share of profit after income tax for the year $105.305 million (2018: profit after 

income tax of $68.033 million);

 1 Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents $217.432 million (2018: increase $28.747 million); 
 1 Total assets $2.801 billion (2018: $2.338 billion); 
 1 Total liabilities $840.401 million (2018: $449.967 million);
 1 Net assets $1.961 billion (2018: $1.888 billion); and
 1 Non-controlling interest share of net assets $980.310 million (2018: $944.011 million).

Changes in group structure

Please refer to Note 4 for changes in the group structure.

92

93

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
Accounting for Our Investments

11 NOTE 11 

INVESTMENTS IN JOINT ARRANGEMENTS

Accounting policy – Investments in joint arrangements

A joint arrangement is an arrangement where two or more parties share control. Joint arrangements are classified 
as either joint operations or joint ventures. The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations of 
each investor, rather than the legal structure.

Joint operations
A joint operation is a joint arrangement in which the parties that share joint control, have rights to the assets, 
and obligations for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. The Group recognises its direct right to the assets, 
liabilities, revenues and expenses of joint operations and its share of any jointly held or incurred assets, liabilities, 
revenues and expenses. These have been incorporated into the Group’s financial statements under the appro-
priate headings.

Joint ventures
A joint venture is a joint arrangement in which the parties that share joint control have rights to the net assets 
of the arrangement. Interests in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method, after initially being 
recognised at cost.

Through New Hope Corporation Limited and its subsidiaries, the Group holds interests in the following joint 
arrangements, each of which have been accounted for as a joint operation as described in the accounting policy 
above.

Name

Accounted for as:

Group’s interest

Segment allocated to

Bengalla Joint Venture
Lenton Joint Venture

Joint operation
Joint operation

80%
90%

New Hope Corporation Limited
New Hope Corporation Limited

Bengalla Joint Venture
New Hope Corporation Limited holds a 80% interest in Bengalla thermal coal mine in New South Wales. This is an 
unincorporated joint venture that is operated by Bengalla Mining Company Pty Limited, which is proportionately 
owned by the participants. 

New Hope Corporation Limited increased its stake in the assets and liabilities of the Bengalla Joint Venture by 
30% on 3 December 2018 and a further 10% on 25 March 2019. The 10% acquisition had an effective date of 1 
December 2018. This increased New Hope Corporation Limited’s interest in Bengalla Joint Venture from 40% to 
80%. Refer to Note 7 for more details of the Bengalla Joint Venture acquisition.

Key judgement

Classification of joint arrangements 
The Group assesses whether it has the power to direct the relevant activities of the investee by considering the 
rights it holds with respect to the work programme and budget approval, investment decision approval, voting 
rights in joint operating committees and changes to the joint arrangement participant holdings. Where the Group 
has control, judgement is also required to assess whether the arrangement is a joint operation or a joint venture.

12 NOTE 12 

EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES

Accounting policy – Investments in associates
Associates are equity accounted, with the initial investment being increased/(decreased) by the Group’s share 
of the associate’s profits/(losses) as recognised in the profit or loss, movements in their reserves (other compre-
hensive income) and decreased by dividends received. Dividends from associates are not recognised in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

As the accounting policy for Investments in associates is considered key to understanding the Group’s results and 
financial position, the detailed accounting policy is set out in the basis of consolidation at the beginning of this 
financial report (refer to Basis of preparation).

Non-current assets
Equity accounted associates

a)  Movements in equity accounted carrying values

Opening balance at 1 August
New investments during the period
Reclassification of a long term equity investment to equity  
accounted associate
Reclassification of equity accounted associate to long term  
equity investment
Gain on deemed disposal of equity accounted associates
Share of profits after income tax, before impairment
Net impairment expense of equity accounted associates
Dividends received/receivable
Add back share of dividends received by associate
Share of associates (decrement)/increment in reserves
Effect of initial adoption of AASB 9 and 15 from associates

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

1,603,610 

1,517,125 

1,517,125 
11,172 

1,415,973 
10,751 

20,000

– 
1,921 
134,343 
(34,807) 
(59,069) 
24,730 
(11,774) 
(31)

–

(25,940)
272 
161,661 
(16,545)
(57,051)
24,721 
3,283 
–

Closing balance at 31 July

1,603,610 

1,517,125 

94

95

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
Accounting for Our Investments

12 NOTE 12 

EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES (continued)

b)  Details of investments and results in associates

Group’s percentage of holding 
at balance date*

Share of results from equity accounted associates 
Contribution to Group net profit for the year**

2019

2018

Name of associated entity

July 2019

July 2018

%

30.1

19.3

43.8

38.6

25.3

19.9

%

30.3

19.3

43.9

39.2

25.3

19.9

Apex Healthcare Berhad(i)

Australian Pharmaceutical Industries Limited(i)

Brickworks Limited(i) 

Pengana Capital Group Limited(ii)

TPG Telecom Limited 

Palla Pharma Limited (formerly TPI Enterprises Limited) 

Other Associates

Total

Gain on de-recognition of associates, net of tax 

Net gain on deemed disposal of equity accounted associates, net of tax

Deferred tax expense recognised on equity accounted associates 

Net impairment expense of associates 

Total non-regular items from equity accounted associates

various

various

3,642

(3,459)

183

6,671

Regular

Non-Regular

$’000

$’000

5,917

10,351

54,710

3,058

95,044

(1,250)

(96)

(1,063)

27,181

(8,566)

(51,136)

10

Total

$’000

5,821

9,288

81,891

(5,508)

43,908

(1,240)

Regular

Non-regular

$’000

$’000

5,019

9,669

44,518

4,799

109,033

(1,431)

(28)

(355)

(4,012)

(2,061)

(8,998)

(807)

(356)

Equity accounted  
carrying amount***

 July 2019

July 2018

$’000

40,130

131,412

531,234

59,742

732,177

21,352

$’000

35,905

131,954

459,932

115,679

706,311

20,705

Total

$’000

4,991

9,314

40,506

2,738

100,035

(2,238)

6,315

87,563

46,639

171,472

(37,129)

134,343

178,278

(16,617)

161,661

1,603,610

1,517,125

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,345

(13,632)

(34,807)

–

1,345

(13,632)

(34,807)

(47,094)

(47,094)

–

–

–

–

–

50,641

190

(39,198)

(16,545)

50,641

190

(39,198)

(16,545)

(4,912)

(4,912)

Net contribution from equity accounted associates

171,472

 (84,223)

87,249

178,278

 (21,529)

156,749

*   The percentage holding represents the Group’s total holding in each Associate. 
**  Contribution to Group net profit represents the amount included in profit after tax before non-controlling interest. 
***  Equity accounted carrying amount is the carrying value of the associates in the consolidated statement of financial position.

 (i) 

(ii)  

 During the current year, Apex Healthcare Berhad, Australian Pharmaceutical Industries Limited and Brickworks 
Limited issued shares by way of employee share scheme. The Parent Entity did not participate in the share 
issues. As a result, there has been a change in the Group’s shareholding in each of these investments.

 During the current year, Pengana Capital Group Limited issued shares under its Loan Share Plan and as 
consideration for the acquisition of PT Private Capital Pty Limited. The Parent Entity did not participate in the 
shares issues. As a result, the shareholding in this investment has reduced by 0.6% to 38.6%. 

Key judgements and estimates

Recoverable value of investments in associates
The recoverable amount of investments in equity accounted associates is reviewed at each reporting date after 
taking into consideration any applicable impairment indicators. Refer to note 20 for more details. 

96

97

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Accounting for Our Investments

12 NOTE 12 

EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES (continued)

c) 

 Group’s share of associates’ expenditure 
commitments

Capital commitments
Lease commitments

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

80,783 
113,760

49,641 
117,332 

d)  Group’s share of associates’ contingent liabilities

Share of contingent liabilities incurred jointly with  
other investors of the associate

16,011 

19,182 

e) 

 Summarised Group’s share of associates  
financial information

Assets
Liabilities

Net assets

Revenue

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense

Profit after income tax

2,919,135 
(1,102,816) 

1,816,319 

2,015,107 

173,078 
(38,735) 

134,343 

3,095,207 
(1,238,513)

1,856,694 

1,995,301 

227,051 
(65,390)

161,661 

f ) 

 Extract of financial information as reported by associates  
that are material to the Group

The information disclosed reflects the total amounts reported in the financial statements of Brickworks Limited 
and TPG Telecom Limited amended to reflect adjustments made by the Group in applying the equity method.

Brickworks Limited

TPG Telecom Limited

2019
$’000

495,024
1,385,888
(261,798)
(461,078)

2018 
(restated)
$’000

368,473
1,236,615
(177,655)
(417,482)

2019
$’000

213,200
5,099,600
(895,600)
(1,529,900)

2018 
(restated)
$’000

231,800
5,158,500
(885,300)
(1,720,800)

1,158,036

1,009,951

2,887,300

2,784,200

Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Group’s percentage holding

43.8%

43.9%

25.3%

25.3%

Group’s share of total net assets
Goodwill

Equity accounted carrying value

Revenue

Profit after tax attributable to members
Other comprehensive income

507,568
23,666

531,234

918,695

154,642
2,646

443,772
16,160

459,932

729,428
2,749

732,177

703,289
3,022

706,311

785,238

2,477,400

2,496,100

175,442
(530)

173,800
(37,100)

396,400
7,300

Total comprehensive income

157,288

174,912

136,700

403,700

Dividends received by the Parent 
Entity from the associate

36,105

34,135

9,376

*9,321

* 

The Parent Entity participated in the TPG Telecom Limited dividend reinvestment plan (non-cash transaction) during 2018.  

98

99

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
14

13

Accounting for Our Investments

NOTE 13 
TRADING EQUITIES

Accounting policy – Trading equities 
Trading equities are initially recognised at fair value and any transaction costs are immediately expensed. These 
equities are principally held for the purpose of selling in the short to medium term.

Recognition
Purchase or sales of trading equities are recognised on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to 
purchase or sell the asset.

Classification
Trading equities are classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and are included in current 
assets.

Subsequent measurement
At each balance date, trading equities are remeasured to fair value. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair 
value of trading equities are recognised in the profit or loss within other income in the period in which they arise.

Derecognition
Trading equities are derecognised on trade date and when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments 
have expired or have been sold and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Current assets
Trading equities – listed
Trading equities – unlisted

Total trading equities

Fair value and price risk

2019
$’000

60,950 
16,198 

77,148 

2018
$’000

60,902 
9,028 

69,930 

Information regarding the Group’s exposure to price risk is set out in note 23 and fair value classification is set out 
in note 24.

The Group has used the following valuation techniques: market approach, income approach, cost approach and 
net asset approach to determine the fair value of unlisted equity investments. Refer to note 24 for details of these 
valuation techniques.

Listed and unlisted trading equities
Represents equities held by the Parent Entity.

100

NOTE 14 
LONG TERM EQUITY INVESTMENTS

Accounting policy – long term equity investments 
Long term equity investments are initially recognised at 
fair value plus any transaction costs. These investments 
are intended to be held for the long term for capital 
growth and dividend income. These investments are 
included in non-current assets unless management 
intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months 
of the reporting date at which time they are transferred 
to and disclosed as held for sale equities.

Recognition
Purchases of equity investments are recognised 
on trade date being the date on which the Group 
commits to purchase the asset.

Classification
Long term equity investments are classified as 
financial assets at fair value through other comprehen-
sive income.

Non-current assets
Long term equity investments – listed (refer to note 14a)
Long term equity investments – unlisted

Total long term equity investments

Dividends

Dividends from long term equity investments held at  
FVOCI recognised in profit or loss in other income:
Related to investments sold during the year
Related to investments held at the end of the year

Total Dividends

Subsequent measurement
At each balance date, long term equity investments 
are remeasured to fair value. Changes in the fair value 
of long term equity investments are recognised in 
equity through the asset revaluation reserve after 
allowing for deferred capital gains tax. All long term 
equities are subject to capital gains tax.

Derecognition
Equity investments are derecognised on trade date 
and when the rights to receive cash flows from the 
equity investments have expired or have been sold 
and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks 
and rewards of ownership.

When securities classified as long term equity 
investments are sold, the accumulated fair value 
adjustments previously recognised in equity, are 
transferred to Capital gains reserve in equity.

2019
$’000

753,966
31,169

785,135

1,920
31,435

33,355

2018
$’000

720,297
12,001

732,298

673
26,151

26,824

a)  Long term equity investments pledged as security for short term finance

Long term equity investments with a fair value of $30 million (2018: $nil) have been transferred to the Parent 
Entity’s bank as security for the $30 million equity finance loan. As the Parent Entity retains the risks and benefits 
of ownership of the transferred long term equity investments, including the right to receive dividends, these long 
term equity investments continue to be included as an asset in the consolidated statement of financial position. 

b)  Fair value and price risk

Information regarding the Group’s exposure to price risk is set out in note 23 and fair value classification is set out 
in note 24.

The Group has used the following valuation techniques: market approach, income approach, cost approach and 
net asset approach to determine the fair value of unlisted long term equity investments. Refer to note 24 for 
details of these valuation techniques.

Long term equity investments 
At 31 July 2019, the Parent Entity held $758.780 million (2018: $630.213 million) of the consolidated balance.

101

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 201915

Accounting for Our Investments

NOTE 15 
INVESTMENT PROPERTIES

Accounting policy – Investment properties
Investment properties consist of properties held for 
long term rentals and/or capital appreciation and 
properties being constructed or developed for future 
use as investment properties.

Recognition
Investment properties are initially recognised at cost 
including transaction costs. Other costs capitalised into 
the carrying value of investment properties include 
development, construction, redevelopment, refurbish-
ment (other than repairs and maintenance) and interest 
(until the property is ready for its intended use).

Classification
Investment properties are classified as non-current 
assets at fair value. Changes in fair value are recog-
nised as gains or losses in the profit or loss as part of 
‘Other income’.

Subsequent Measurement
Valuations are obtained periodically, and at least 
every three years from independent Registered 
Property Valuers who hold recognised and relevant 

qualifications and have recent valuation experience in 
the location and categories of each property held. 
At the end of each reporting period, the Directors 
update their assessment of the fair value of each 
property, taking account of the most recent inde-
pendent valuations.
Amounts provided to customers as lease incentives 
and assets relating to fixed rental income increases in 
operating lease contracts are included within invest-
ment property values. Lease incentives are amortised 
over the term of the lease on a straight line basis. The 
amortisation is applied to reduce gross rental income. 
Rental income is recognised on a straight line basis 
within revenue.

Derecognition
On disposal of an investment property, a gain or loss is 
recognised in the profit or loss in the year of disposal. 
It is calculated as the difference between the carrying 
amount of the asset at the date of disposal and the net 
proceeds received.

Non-current assets 

Investment properties
Industrial property
Commercial property
Property under development 

Total investment properties

Reconciliation
Opening balance at 1 August
Disposals
Capitalised costs
Property transferred from property, plant and equipment
Property transferred to property, plant and equipment
Variation of a lease
Net fair value gain on investment properties
Movement in tenant incentives, ‘make good’ contributions,  
contracted rent uplift balance and leasing fee asset

Closing balance at 31 July

2019
$’000

33,734
72,547 
– 

2018
$’000

33,716 
72,428 
52,110 

106,281 

158,254 

158,254 
(85,756) 
26,321 
– 
– 
– 
7,655

165,016 
(25,454)
13,007 
3,757 
(669)
2,650 
–

(193) 

(53)

106,281 

158,254 

During the year, the Group sold two investment properties for a total of $100.068 million. The Parent Entity holds 
a 50.1% interest in these properties, with URB Investments Limited (ASX: URB) holding 49.9%. These properties 
are all located within the greater Sydney area.

In the prior year, the Group sold its 100% owned Sydney metropolitan commercial property for $29.059 million. 

a) 

 Amounts recognised in the profit or loss  
for investment properties

Rental income
Direct operating expenses from property that generated rental income
Direct operating expenses from property that did not generate income

2019
$’000

8,674 
4,532 
– 

2018
$’000

7,058 
4,588 
1,102 

Operating expenses for property that generated income includes finance costs of $688,000 (2018: $1,006,000). 

b)  Measuring investment properties at fair value 

The basis of valuations for investment properties is fair value, being the amounts for which the assets could be 
exchanged between knowledgeable willing parties in an arm’s length transaction, based on current prices in an 
active market for similar properties in the same location and condition and subject to similar leases.

The fair value hierarchy, as discussed in note 24 to this report, provides an indication about the reliability of the 
inputs used in determining fair value. All investment properties have been categorised within the Level 3 fair value 
basis as some of the inputs required to value property are not based on ‘observable market data’. 

c)  Non-current assets pledged as security

As at 31 July 2019, $26.848 million (2018: $72.427 million) of the Group’s investment property was pledged as 
security. Refer to note 26 for information on non-current assets pledged as security by the Group.

d)  Leasing arrangements

The Group is entitled to receive rental income from non-cancellable 
operating leases on investment properties. The amounts have not been 
recognised in the financial statements and are receivable as follows: 

Within one year 
Later than one year but not later than five years 
Later than five years

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

4,678 
6,716 
2,069 

13,463 

6,160 
8,992 
3,677 

18,829 

Key judgements and estimates
In determining fair value, appropriate valuation techniques may be used, including the discounted cashflow and 
capitalisation methods. Discount rates and capitalisation rates are determined based on industry experience and 
knowledge and where possible, a direct comparison to third party rates for similar assets in comparable locations. 
Rental revenue from current leases and assumptions about future leases, as well as any expected operational cash 
outflows in relation to the property, are reflected in fair value.

In relation to properties under development, fair value is determined based on the market value of the property 
on the assumption it has already been completed at the valuation date less costs to complete the project, 
including an appropriate adjustment for profit and risk.

102

103

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 201916

Accounting for Our Investments

NOTE 16 
TERM DEPOSITS

Accounting policy – Term deposits
Term deposit investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed 
maturities that the Group’s management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity. Term deposit 
financial assets are included in current assets, except those with maturities of more than 12 months from the 
reporting date, which are classified as non-current assets.

Recognition and derecognition
A term deposit is recognised on the date when the cash funds are deposited with the bank. The term deposit  
is derecognised on the term maturity date of the deposit.

Subsequent measurement
Term deposits are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Current assets
Term deposits

2019
$’000

1,470 

2018
$’000

206,044 

Term deposits are held to their maturity of less than one year and carry a weighted average interest rate of 2.2% 
per annum (2018: 2.55%).

At 31 July 2019, Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited, a subsidiary, held $1.470 million (2018: $1.044 million) of 
the consolidated balance. At 31 July 2018, New Hope Corporation Limited held $205 million (2019: $nil) of the 
consolidated balance. 

104

17

NOTE 17 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

Accounting policy – Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, cash at bank, and deposits held with financial institutions for 
which there is a short-term identified use in the operating cash flows of the Group. Bank overdrafts, should they 
occur, are shown within borrowings in current liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Current assets
Cash at bank and on deposit

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

125,445 

337,933 

Cash at bank and on deposit attracts variable interest at rates between 0% and 1.85% per annum  
(2018: 0% and 1.85%).

Cash at bank in the consolidated statement of financial position at reporting date includes cash held by the Parent 
Entity and its subsdiaries. At 31 July 2019, the Parent Entity held $38.830 million (2018: $41.946 million) and New 
Hope Corporation Limited held $58.827 million (2018: $274.975 million) of the consolidated balance.

Reconciliation of profit after income tax to  
net cash inflow from operating activities

Profit after tax for the year

Adjustments for non-cash items:
Depreciation and amortisation
Amortisation of transaction costs
Gain from discontinued operations 
Gain on deemed disposal of equity accounted associates
Gain on derecognition of equity accounted associates
Gain on revaluation of investment property
Gain on sale of long term equity investments
Gain on sale of investment property
Impairment charges
(Gain)/loss on trading equities fair valued through profit or loss
Net foreign exchange (gain)
Net (gain)/loss on sale of non-current assets
Non-cash in-specie dividend
Non-cash share based payments
Share of profits of associates not received as dividends or distributions
Other non-cash items

Changes in operating assets and liabilities,  
net of effects from purchase and sales of businesses: 
Decrease/(increase) in trade debtors, other debtors and prepayments
(Increase)/decrease in inventory
(Decrease)/increase in trade creditors and accruals
Increase in employee entitlements, other liabilities and provisions
Decrease in current tax asset
(Decrease)/increase in current tax payable
Increase/(decrease) in deferred tax liability
Decrease in deferred tax asset

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

359,489 

335,300 

162,949 
1,384
(220)
(1,921) 
– 
(7,655)
– 
(6,657) 
60,450 
(6,700) 
(1,283) 
(90,641) 
(3,592)
2,820 
(75,272) 
5,181 

19,718 
(1,763) 
(1,282) 
6,619 
– 
(71,857) 
1,337 
14,898 

98,694 
–
–
(272)
(72,247)
–
(22,687)
(3,195)
154,436 
1,003 
(9,343)
769
–
1,880
(105,326)
2,462 

(28,598)
5,325 
18,178 
36,036 
13,024 
52,267 
(8,893)
38,747 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

366,002 

507,560 

105

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 201918

Revenue and Expenses

NOTE 18 
REVENUE

Accounting policy – Revenue

Revenue from contracts with customers
Revenue is recognised at an amount that reflects 
the consideration to which the consolidated entity is 
expected to be entitled in exchange for transferring 
goods or services to a customer. For each contract 
with a customer, the consolidated entity: identifies the 
contract with the customer; identifies the performance 
obligations in the contract; determines the transaction 
price which takes into account estimates of variable 
consideration and the time value of money; allocates 
the transaction price to the separate performance 
obligations on the basis of the relative stand-alone 
selling price of each distinct goods and service to be 
delivered; and recognises revenue when or as each 
performance obligation is satisfied in a manner that 
depicts the transfer to the customer of the goods or 
services performed.

Variable consideration within the transaction price, 
if any, reflects concessions provided to the customer 
such as discounts, rebates and refunds and any other 
contingent events. Such estimates are determined 
using either the ‘expected value’ or ‘most likely 
amount’ method. The measurement if variable 
consideration is subject to a constraining principle 
whereby revenue will only be recognised to the extent 
that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in 
the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not 
occur. The measurement constraint continues until the 
uncertainty associated with the variable consideration 
is subsequently resolved.

The Group recognises revenue from sales from 
contracts with customers as follows: 
 1 Coal sales revenue is recognised at a point in 
time when control of the products have been 
transferred to the customer in accordance with 
the sales terms, in this instance when the risks 
and benefits of ownership has transferred. The 
legal title, risks and rewards, and therefore the 
fulfilment of performance obligations normally 
occurs at the time of loading the shipment for 

From continuing operations

Revenue from contracts with customers
Revenue from sale of goods
Revenue from provisional pricing adjustments
Rental revenue
Revenue from services

export sales, and generally at the time the coal is 
delivered to the customer for domestic sales.
 1 Oil sales revenue is recognised at the point in 
time when control of the products have been 
transferred to the customer in accordance with 
the sales terms, in this instance when the risks 
and benefits of ownership have transferred. 
This is normally when the oil is delivered to the 
customer.

 1 Copper, zinc, silver and gold sales revenue is 

initially recognised at estimated sales value when 
the control and the risks of ownership of the 
product are passed to the customer. Adjustments 
are made for changes in commodity prices, 
assays, weight and currency between the time of 
the sale and the time of the final settlement of 
sales proceeds.

 1 Revenue from the sale of goods (net of returns, 
discounts and allowances) is recognised 
when title has transferred to the customer in 
accordance with the sales terms. Where a sale 
is settled through instalments, interest revenue 
is recognised over the contract term, using the 
effective interest rate method.

 1 Rental income is recognised on a straight-line 

basis over the lease term.

 1 Service fee income, including consulting and 
management fee income, is recognised as 
revenue over time as the services are performed.

Other revenue
 1 Interest revenue is recognised on a time propor-
tion basis using the effective interest method.
 1 Dividend income is taken into revenue when 
the right to receive payment is established. As 
earnings from subsidiaries and associates are 
included in consolidated profit, dividends from 
subsidiaries and associates are not included in 
consolidated revenue.

2019
$’000

1,509,588 
5,041
9,901
32,044 

Restated 
*2018
$’000

1,090,445 
7,496
8,904
22,222 

Total revenue from contracts with customers

1,556,574 

1,129,067

Other revenue
Dividend and distribution revenue
Interest revenue
Other

Total other revenue

2019

$’000

36,838 
16,261
6,215 

59,314 

Restated 
*2018

$’000

28,789 
9,780
7,112 

45,681 

Revenue from continuing operations

1,615,888 

1,174,748 

*  Comparative figures have been restated to present the impact of the discontinued operations (as outlined in note 8) as well as other  

reclassifications to better reflect the disclosures in the current year.

Revenue from contracts with customers
a)  Disaggregation of revenue

The Group presented disaggregated revenue based on what each major strategic investment provided to 
customers and the timing of transfer of goods and services.

New Hope 
Corporation 
Limited
$’000

Other 
Investing 
activities
$’000

Round Oak 
Minerals Pty 
Limited
$’000

Major product lines
Coal, oil and gas
Copper, gold and zinc
Other goods and services

Total revenue from contracts with customers
Other revenue

Total revenue from continuing operations

Total revenue from contracts with customers by geographical regions
Australia
Asia

1,281,235
–
13,565

1,294,800
11,629

1,306,429

81,786
1,213,014

–
–
128,758

128,758
47,563

176,321

128,758
–

2019 
Total
$’000

1,281,235
133,016
142,323 

1,556,574 
59,314

1,615,888

–
133,016
–

133,016
122

133,138

30,417
102,599

240,961 
1,315,613 

Total revenue from contracts with customers

1,294,800

128,758

133,016

1,556,574 

Timing of revenue recognition from contracts with customers
Goods and services transferred at a point in time
Goods and services transferred over time

1,281,235
13,565

118,397
10,361

133,016
–

1,532,648 
23,926 

Total revenue from contracts with customers

1,294,800

128,758

133,016

1,556,574 

Major product lines
Revenue from contracts with customers come from the sale of coal, oil, gas, copper, zinc, silver, gold, properties 
and the provision of management and consulting services.

Major customer
Included within revenue from the sale of coal, oil and gas is one customer that represents more than 10% of the 
Group’s total revenue. During the year, one customer contributed $189.013 million (2018: $210.390 million) of the 
Group’s external revenue.

106

107

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 201919

Revenue and Expenses

NOTE 19 
OTHER INCOME

Accounting policies – Other income 
 Other income includes gains or losses made on:
 1 changes in fair value for certain assets including trading equities, investment property and where an equity 

accounted associate becomes an equity investment.

 1 the sale of an asset including the sale of trading equities, investment property and equity accounted 

associates. The gain or loss is calculated as the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying 
value of the asset; and

 1 deemed disposals of equity accounted associates. This occurs when the Group’s percentage holding in an 
associate decreases but there has not been a loss of significant influence. The Group continues to equity 
account the associate.

Reclassification adjustment on sale of long term equity investments(i)
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 
Gain on deemed disposals of equity accounted associates
Gain on de–recognition of equity accounted associates
Gain/(loss) on trading equities fair valued through profit or loss
Gain on revaluation of investment property
Gain on sale of investment property
Insurance recovery 
Other items

2019

$’000

– 
90,641 
1,921 
– 
6,700
7,655 
6,657 
3,264 
571 

Restated 
*2018
$’000

22,687 
– 
272 
72,247 
(1,003)
– 
3,195 
298 
892 

Total other income

117,409 

98,588 

*  Comparative figures have been restated to present the impact of the discontinued operations as outlined in note 8 as well as other  

reclassifications to better reflect the disclosures in the current year.

(i)  From 1 August 2018, under AASB 9, the realised gain or loss on the sales of long term equity investments are 

recognised in capital gains reserves in equity.

In the prior year and in accordance with AASB 139, the realised gain or loss on sale of long term equity 
investments were calculated as the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying value of the 
assets and any fair value changes that have previously been recognised in equity (through reserves). As these 
amounts have not previously been recognised in the profit or loss, they are included in profit or loss as a 
reclassification adjustment when the long term equity investment is sold.

20

NOTE 20 
EXPENSES

Accounting policies – Expenses

Depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation and amortisation expenses are non-cash expenses and represent the allocation of the cost of certain 
fixed assets such as buildings, plant and equipment and mining reserves and development, over the time that the 
asset is expected to generate revenue for the Group.

Different depreciation rates apply to each asset and are included in the notes for each asset.

Impairment
Impairment charges are non-cash expenses and are recognised when the carrying value of an asset or group of 
assets exceeds its recoverable amount either through the use or sale of the asset. Recoverable value assessment 
for each asset class is discussed within the notes for each asset.

Impairment losses are expensed to the profit or loss unless the asset has been previously revalued. Where the 
asset has been previously revalued, the reduction in value is recognised as a reversal to the extent of the previous 
revaluation, and any residual is recognised as an impairment expense.

An impairment expense recognised on goodwill is permanent and is prohibited from being reversed.

For all other assets, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether an impairment loss recognised  
in a prior period no longer exists or has decreased. If it is determined that the impairment is no longer required, 
the carrying value of the asset is increased and the previously recognised impairment expense is reversed in the 
profit or loss.

Employee benefits expense
Employee benefits expense includes the payment of salary and wages (including the value of non-cash benefits 
such as share based payments), sick leave, superannuation and accruals for annual leave and long service leave.

Finance costs
Finance costs are expensed when incurred, except for interest incurred on borrowings that relate to the construc-
tion of Investment properties. This interest is included in the cost of the properties.

Exploration costs expensed
Exploration costs that do not satisfy the criteria to be capitalised are expensed. Refer Note 29 for discussion  
on the criteria.

108

109

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
Revenue and Expenses

20

NOTE 20 
EXPENSES (continued)

Profit before income tax from continuing operations 
includes the following specific expenses:

Depreciation
Buildings
Plant and equipment

Total depreciation

Amortisation

Mining reserves and mine development 
Intangible assets
Oil producing assets
Lease incentive and leasing fee assets 

Total amortisation

Impairment charges/(reversals)

Equity accounted associates(i)
Long term equity investments(ii)
Plant and equipment(iii)
Coal exploration and evaluation assets(iv)
Other assets 

Total impairment charges/(reversals)

Operating lease costs expensed

Employee benefits expense(v)

Exploration costs expensed(vi)

Onerous contract and other liquidation related expenses(vii)

2019

$’000

Restated 
*2018
$’000

2,255 
60,694 

62,949 

88,747 
3,280 
7,885 
88 

100,000 

34,807 
– 
24,209 
– 
1,434 

60,450 

20,656 

231,140 

16,009 

21,675 

1,555 
51,079 

52,634 

35,664 
2,360 
7,961 
75 

46,060 

16,545 
5,889 
570
91,761 
(857)

113,908 

14,706 

148,732 

13,561 

14,976 

*  Comparative figures have been restated to present the impact of the discontinued operations as outlined in note 8 as well as other  

reclassifications to better reflect the disclosures in the current year.

Key estimate

Recoverable value
The assessments of the recoverable value of non-current assets involves significant areas of estimation and 
judgement by management. Valuations have an element of uncertainty and therefore may not reflect the actual 
values of these assets in the future.

i) 

Impairment of equity accounted associates
The recoverable amount of investments in equity accounted associates has been assessed as at 31 July 2019. 
Where the carrying value of an investment exceeded the recoverable amount, the investment has been 
impaired. At each reporting date, an assessment is made as to whether there are any circumstances that 
would indicate that the impairment recognised has decreased or no longer exists. Where evidence supports 
a reduction in the impairment, the impairment expense may be reversed through the profit or loss. During 
the year, an impairment expense of $46.519 million was recognised on the investment in Pengana Capital 
Group Limited and reversal of impairment of $9.915 million and $1.797 million were recognised for Verdant 
Minerals Limited and Palla Pharma Limited (formerly TPI Enterprises Limited) respectively. 

ii) 

Impairment of long term equity investments
From 1 August 2018, under AASB 9, these long term equity investments are classified as FVOCI investments 
by way of an irrevocable election. Any fair value adjustment recognised will be transferred to the asset 
revaluation reserve and no longer will be recognised in the profit or loss. Any realised gain or loss on disposal 
will be transferred from the asset revaluation reserve to the capital gains reserve within equity. 

In the prior year and in accordance with AASB 139, a ‘prolonged decline in the fair value of an investment in 
an equity instrument below its cost is objective evidence of impairment’. Where a long term equity invest-
ment’s last sale price is lower than the original cost, and the investment is considered to be ‘impaired’, the 
Group had recognised an impairment expense in respect of these investments in the profit or loss. In 2018, 
$5.889 million impairment expenses were recognised by the Group in the profit or loss.

iii)  Impairment of property, plant and equipment (including mine development costs)

An impairment loss on property, plant and equipment (including mine development costs) is recognised 
for the amount by which the asset’s carrying values exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable 
amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less cost to sell and its value in use. For the purpose of assessing 
impairment under value in use testing, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately 
identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of 
assets (cash-generating units). At each reporting date, an assessment is undertaken to determine if there 
are any circumstances that would indicate that an asset had been impaired. During the year, an impairment 
expense of $24.209 million was recognised on mine development costs in Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited.

iv)  Impairment of coal exploration and evaluation assets

In the prior year, New Hope Corporation Limited determined that an indicator of impairment existed as  
at balance date in respect of the Colton Coal Pty Limited (Colton) exploration project. The indicator arose 
from recently increased charges associated with access to Wiggins Island Coal Export Terminal (WICET)  
which were materially higher than those previously forecast and ongoing work regarding the assessment  
of Joint Ore Reserves Committee (JORC) reserves position of this asset. As a result, an impairment test was 
undertaken and an impairment of $92.331 million (restated in the current year from $132.290 million due  
to discontinued operations reclassification) was recognised in the prior year.

v)  Employee benefits expense

Employee benefits expense represents expenses paid to all employees within the Group. This amount 
includes $185.559 million (2018: $132.82 million) paid to employees of New Hope Corporation Limited and 
$42.936 million (2018: $2.821 million) paid to employees of Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited. Employee 
benefits expense includes superannuation expenses of $15.364 million (2018: $10.072 million).

vi)  Exploration costs expensed

These amounts relate to New Hope Corporation Limited and Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited exploration 
costs expensed.

vii)  Onerous contract and other liquidation related expenses

These amounts relate to New Hope Corporation Limited future handling charges arising from an onerous 
contract and liquidation related expenses. 

110

111

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 201921

Taxation

NOTE 21 
INCOME TAX EXPENSE

Accounting policy – Income tax expense
The income tax expense or benefit for the year represents the tax payable on the current year’s taxable income 
based on the Australian corporate income tax rate (30%) adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities 
attributable to the temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts in the financial statements, and unused tax losses.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at 
the end of the reporting period in the countries where the company’s subsidiaries and associates operate and 
generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to 
situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appro-
priate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are recognised in equity and not in the profit or loss.

Tax consolidation legislation
Some of the entities within the Group have formed tax consolidated groups under the tax consolidation regime. 
The Australian Tax Office has been notified on these decisions.

Subsidaries within the relevant tax consolidated groups, continue to be responsible under tax funding 
agreements, for funding their share of tax payments that are required to be made by the head entity in their 
tax consolidation group. These tax amounts are measured as if each entity within the tax consolidated group, 
continues to be a stand-alone tax payer in their own right.

Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements with the tax consolidated entities are recognised as 
amounts receivable from or payable to other entities in the Group.

Any differences between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or payable under the tax funding 
agreements are recognised as a contribution to (or distribution from) wholly-owned tax consolidated entities.

a)  Income tax expense comprises:

Current income tax expense

Current year
Adjustments in respect of prior years
(Over) provision in prior year

Deferred income tax expense

Relating to the origination and reversal of temporary differences 

Income tax expense recognised in the profit or loss

Deferred tax included in income tax expense comprises:

Increase in deferred tax assets
Increase in deferred tax liabilities

2019
$’000

Restated 
*2018
$’000

97,947
924 
(990)

17,316 

115,197 

(21,861)
39,177

17,316

95,888 
17,735 
–

10,897 

124,520 

(1,716)
12,613

10,897 

*   Comparative figures have been restated to present the impacts of the discontinued operations (as outlined in note 8) as well as other  

reclassifications on the consolidated statement of comprehensive Income to better reflect the disclosures in the current year.

b)   Reconciliation of prima facie tax expense  

to income tax expense:

Profit before income tax expense from continuing operations
Profit/(loss) before income tax expense from discontinued operations

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2018: 30%)
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible/(taxable)  
in calculating taxable income:

Sale of long term equity investments
Net impairment expense
Franking credits received (excluding subsidiary and associate entities)
Tax benefit on the carrying value of equity accounted associates
(Over) provision for income tax
Other

Total income tax expense

Effective tax rates:

Income tax expense is attributable to:
Profit from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations

c)  Amounts recognised directly in equity

Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the year and not  
recognised in net profit or loss but directly charged or credited to equity

Decrease to deferred tax assets 
Increase/(decrease) to deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax charged directly to equity

d)  Unrecognised deferred tax assets

Relating to the tax consolidated groups of 

 Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited
 New Hope Corporation Limited 

Total unrecognised deferred tax assets

Potential tax benefit at 30%

2019
$’000

Restated 
*2018
$’000

474,466 
220 

474,686 

142,406 

– 
18,135 
(8,455)
(26,671)
(9,633)
(585)

513,621 
(53,801)

459,820 

137,946 

(2,204)
5,219 
(7,337)
(9,302)
– 
198 

115,197 

124,520 

24.3%

27.1%

115,197
–

115,197

140,490
(15,970)

124,520

1,770 
12,987 

14,757

38,435 
12,697 

51,132 

15,340 

44,371 
(6,133)

38,238 

45,810 
178,008 

223,818 

67,145 

*  Comparative figures have been restated to present the impacts of the discontinued operations (as outlined in note 8) as well as other  

reclassifications on the consolidated statement of comprehensive Income to better reflect the disclosures in the current year.

112

113

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 201922

Taxation

NOTE 22 
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES

Accounting policy – Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated on the differences (temporary differences) between the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities as recognised in the consolidated financial statements and their tax cost base 
multiplied by the tax rate expected to apply when these assets are recovered or liabilities are settled. The current 
Australian corporate tax rate applicable to the Group is 30%.

Deferred tax asset or liabilities are provided in full, using the liability method. An exception is made for certain 
temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of an asset or liability. No deferred tax asset or liability 
is recognised in relation to these temporary differences if they arose in a transaction, other than a business 
combination, that at the time of the transaction did not affect either accounting profit or taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is 
probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and 
liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net 
basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Deferred tax assets comprises temporary  
differences attributable to:

Amounts recognised in profit or loss:
Provisions
Accrued expenses
Impairment losses
Capitalised exploration
Property, plant and equipment
Tax value of losses carried-forward
Other

Amounts recognised in equity:
Long term equity investments
Share issue costs

Total deferred tax assets

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions

Net deferred tax assets

Movements:
Opening balance at 1 August
Credited to profit or loss 
Charged to equity 
Additions through business combinations 

Closing balance at 31 July

2019
$’000

106,009 
98 
19,219 
2,702 
5,566 
22,949 
2,896 

2018
$’000

58,612 
3,544 
16,331 
9,192 
6,264 
23,732 
10,721 

159,439 

128,396 

3,290 
10 

3,300 

162,739

(106,070)

56,669 

129,712 
21,861 
(1,770)
12,936 

162,739 

1,306 
10 

1,316 

129,712

(58,145)

71,567 

165,005 
1,716 
(44,371)
7,362 

129,712 

Key estimate

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets have been recognised relating to carried forward capital losses, income losses and temporary 
differences, based on current tax rates. Utilisation of capital tax losses and income losses requires the realisation 
of capital gains and taxable income respectively, in subsequent years and the ability to satisfy certain tests at the 
time the losses are recouped. The actual tax results in future periods may differ from the estimate made at the 
time the deferred taxes are recognised.

Deferred tax liabilities comprises temporary  
differences attributable to:

Amounts recognised in profit or loss:
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Capitalised exploration
Investment
Other

Amounts recognised in equity:
Long term equity investments
Property, plant and equipment
Other investments

Total deferred tax liabilities
Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions

Net deferred tax liabilities

Movements:
Opening balance at 1 August
Charged to profit or loss 
Credited to equity 
Amounts recognised on acquisition of businesses

Closing balance at 31 July

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

12,575 
7,300 
62,030 
264,557 
6,152 

793 
5,475 
60,949 
280,886 
1,049 

352,614 

349,152 

97,492 
77,225 
1,184 

67,909 
42,484 
3,870 

175,901 

114,263 

528,515
(106,070)

422,445 

463,415 
39,177 
12,987 
12,936 

528,515 

463,415
(58,145)

405,270 

453,311 
12,613 
(6,133)
3,624 

463,415 

It is important to note, that the deferred tax liability recognised above does not represent the total tax that would 
be incurred if all assets of the Group were to be sold. This is predominately due to subsidiaries and the associate 
entities not being carried at their market value in the consolidated financial statements. The market values of 
the listed investments together with the estimate of capital gains tax payable thereon is set out in note 1, Parent 
Entity financial information.

114

115

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 201923

Risk Management

NOTE 23 
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, price risk and 
interest rate risk), credit risk, and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the 
unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the financial performance 
of the Group. Entities within the Group use derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange contracts 
and interest rate swaps to hedge certain risk exposures. Derivatives are used exclusively for hedging purposes, i.e. 
not as trading or other speculative instruments. The Group uses different methods to measure different types of 
risk to which it is exposed. These methods include sensitivity analyses in the case of interest rate, foreign exchange 
and other price risks and ageing analyses for credit risk.

Risk management is carried out in accordance with written policies approved by the Board of Directors. These 
written policies cover specific areas, such as mitigating foreign exchange, interest rate and credit risks, use of 
forward exchange contracts and investment of excess liquidity.

The Group holds the following financial instruments:

Fair value 
through Other 
Comprehensive 
Income
$’000

Hedging 
Derivatives
$’000

Amortised cost
$’000

Fair Value 
through  
Profit or Loss
$’000

–
–
–
–
785,135
–
–

785,135

–
–
–
–
749,869
–

749,869

–
–
–
–
–
–
190

190

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

Total
$’000

125,445
1,470
200,846
77,148
785,135
1,603,610
190

125,445
1,470
181,561
–
–
1,603,610
–

–
–
19,285
77,148
–
–
–

1,912,086

96,433

2,793,844

337,933
206,044
146,683
–
–
1,517,125

–
–
38,565
69,930
–
–

337,933 
206,044 
185,248 
69,930 
749,869 
1,517,125 

2,207,785

108,495

3,066,149 

Financial assets

2019
Cash and cash equivalents
Term deposits
Loans and receivables
Trading equities
Long term equity investments
Equity accounted associates
Derivatives financial instruments

Total financial assets

2018
Cash and cash equivalents
Term deposits
Loans and receivables
Trading equities
Long term equity investments
Equity accounted associates

Total financial assets

116

Financial liabilities

2019
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Interest bearing liabilities
Lease liabilities

Total financial liabilities

2018
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Interest bearing liabilities
Lease liabilities

Total financial liabilities

Fair value 
through Other 
Comprehensive 
Income
$’000

Hedging 
Derivatives
$’000

Amortised cost
$’000

Fair Value 
through  
Profit or Loss
$’000

– 
– 
– 
– 

–

– 
– 
– 
– 

–

–
10,774
–
–

10,774

–
3,353 
–
–

3,353

175,454
–
394,948
7,802

578,204

161,554
–
34,825 
10,232 

206,611

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–

Total
$’000

175,454
10,774
394,948
7,802

588,978

161,554 
3,353 
34,825 
10,232 

209,964

a)  Market risk
i.  Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions and recognised asset and liabilities are 
denominated in a currency that is not the Group’s functional currency. The Group is exposed to foreign exchange 
risk arising from currency exposures to the US dollar through its subsidiaries, New Hope Corporation Limited and 
Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited.

Forward contracts are used to manage foreign exchange risk. Senior management is responsible for managing 
exposures in each foreign currency by using forward currency contracts. Contracts are designated as cash flow 
hedges. Foreign exchange contracts are designated at Group level as hedges of foreign exchange risk on specific 
future transactions.

The Group’s risk management policy is to hedge up to 65% of anticipated transactions (export coal sales) in US 
dollars for the subsequent year, up to 57% of anticipated revenue beyond a year but less than two years and up 
to 50% for revenue beyond two years but less than three years. All hedges of projected export coal sales qualify as 
“highly probable” forecast transactions for hedge accounting purposes.

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the reporting date was as follows: 

US dollar exposure
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables
Trade payables

2019
USD $’000

2018
USD $’000

19,620 
37,671 
1,794 

6,127 
52,391 
1,363 

Forward exchange contracts – sell foreign currency (cash flow hedge)

503,000 

201,600 

ii.  Commodity hedge risk

Commodity hedge contracts are used to manage price risk. Senior management is responsible for managing 
exposures in pricing by using commodity hedge contracts. Contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. 
Commodity price contracts are designated at Group level as hedges of price risk on specific future transactions. 

Refer to note 25 for more details on forward commodity price hedge contracts.

117

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 201923

Risk Management

NOTE 23 
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

Sensitivity analysis

Based on the cash, trade receivables and trade payables held at 31 July 2019, had the Australian dollar weak-
ened/ strengthened by 10% against the US dollar with all other variables held constant, the Group’s post-tax 
profit for the year would have increased/(decreased) by $6.262 million/($5.123 million) (2018: $4.957 million/
($5.919 million)), mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/(losses) on translation of US dollar receivables 
and cash balances as detailed in the above table. The Group’s equity as at balance date would have increased/
(decreased) by the same amounts.

Based on the forward exchange contracts held at 31 July 2019, had the Australian dollar weakened/strengthened 
by 10% against the US dollar with all other variables held constant, the Group’s equity would have increased/ 
(decreased) by $79.647 million/($65.239 million) (2018: $24.406 million/($29.821 million)). There is no effect on 
post-tax profits.

iii.  Price risk

The Parent Entity is an investment company and is exposed to equity securities price risk. The majority of the 
Group’s investments are publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange.

Investments held for the long-term for capital growth and dividend income are classified in the consolidated 
statement of financial position as long term equity investments. As the market value of individual equities 
fluctuate, the fair value of the portfolio changes. Fair value adjustments are recognised in the asset revaluation 
reserve within equity.

Investments held principally for the purpose of selling in the short to medium term are classified in the consoli-
dated statement of financial position as trading equities. As the market value of individual companies fluctuate, 
the fair value of this portfolio changes with the movement being recognised through profit or loss.

Investments in associates are not carried at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial position but are 
instead equity accounted. The initial investment is increased/(decreased) by the Group’s share of the associate’s 
profits/(losses) as recognised in the profit or loss, movements in their reserves (other comprehensive income) and 
decreased by dividends received. For listed associates the market value is taken into consideration when assessing 
the recoverable value of an equity accounted associate. 

Sensitivity analysis

The following table summarises the financial impacts of a hypothetical 5% increase/(decrease) in the market 
value of those investments (trading equities and long term equity investments) that are carried at fair value as at 
reporting date. Where this decrease results in an individual security being valued below its cost, the reduction 
below cost may be recognised in the profit or loss where Directors consider the investment to be impaired. For 
long term equity investments, a 5% increase/(decrease) in market values would have no impact on the profit or 
loss as all fair value movements are recognised directly in equity.

Impact to post-tax profit

Impact on reserves

2019
$’000

(2,133)
–

(2,133)

2018
$’000

(2,132)
–

(2,132)

2019
$’000

–
(26,412)

2018
$’000

–
(24,963)

(26,412)

(24,963)

Trading equities
Long term equity investments

iv.   Fair value interest rate risk 

Refer to note 23e below. 

b)  Credit risk

Exposure to credit risk relating to financial assets arises from the potential non-performance by counterparties of 
contract obligations that could lead to a financial loss to the Group.

Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits with banks and 
financial institutions, long term equity investments provided to the bank as security for short term debt, as well as 
credit exposure to export and domestic customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. 

The Group has policies in place to ensure that sales of products and services are made to customers with an 
appropriate credit history. The majority of customers, both export and domestic, have long term relationship with 
the Group and sales are secured with long term supply contracts. Sales are secured by letters of credit when deemed 
appropriate.

The Group’s derivative counterparties and term deposits are limited to financial institutions with a rating of at least 
BBB. The Group has policies that limit the maximum amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution.

Credit risk further arises in relation to financial guarantees given to certain parties (refer note 26c). Such guarantees 
are only provided in exceptional circumstances and are subject to specific Board approval.

The credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired, can be assessed by reference to historical 
information about counterparty defaults. To mitigate credit risk, management within each of the Group entities apply 
policies to assess and monitor the credit worthiness of customers and set appropriate credit limits for each customer, 
taking into account their financial positions, past experience and other factors pertaining to each industry segment.

 The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying amount of assets as stated in the consoli-
dated statement of financial position. The following table summarises these assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Term deposits
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Long term equity investments*

2019
$’000

125,445 
1,470 
200,846 
190
30,000

2018
$’000

337,933 
206,044 
185,248 
–
–

357,951 

729,225 

* 

The long term equity investments balance as stated above represents amounts that bank holds as security against short term debt.  
Refer note 26.

The trade and other receivables balances as stated above reflect the recoverable value and are net of any 
impairments or allowance for expected credit loss. Refer note 31 for further description on the impairment of 
receivables.

c)  Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that an entity is unable to meet its financial obligations as they fall due.

Prudent liquidity risk management is adopted by the Group through maintaining sufficient cash and marketable 
securities, the ability to borrow funds from credit providers and to close-out market positions.

The Group manages liquidity risk by continually monitoring forecast and actual cashflows and matching maturity 
profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Surplus funds are generally only invested in instruments that are tradeable 
in highly liquid markets.

Financing arrangements

Details of existing financial arrangements are set out in note 26.

118

119

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
Risk Management

NOTE 23 
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

23

24

d)  Maturity of financial liabilities

The Group has trade and other payables that are payable within 12 months and greater than 12 months. Trade 
and other payables classified as current are predominately trade payables which are generally due or paid within 
45 days of invoice date. Trade and other payables classified as non-current relate to the purchase consideration for 
business acquisitions during the current and prior year and are due to be settled within the next two years. This 
non-current balance is calculated using the present value of the future expected cash flows. Details of non-cur-
rent trade payables are set out in note 33.

The Group’s interest-bearing liabilities comprise finance leases payable over a period of two and four years is set 
out in note 26b. 

New Hope Corporation Limited’s secured borrowings as outlined in note 26 are an amortising facility reducing by 
$30 million six monthly with any final balance up to $330 million at the end of the facility term being payable in 
the two to five year period.

The Parent Entity utilises short term bank financing. The balance at year-end was $30 million (2018: $nil).  
The outstanding debt can be repaid by providing 30 days notice.

A property trust of the Parent Entity has a $12.0 million bank loan facility for a commercial property in Penrith.  
The balance at year end was $12 million (2018: $12 million). This outstanding loan facility is due to be repaid in  
2 years.

The Group’s maturity analysis for derivative financial instruments is set out in note 25.

e)  Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Group may from time to time have significant interest-bearing assets which are placed with reputable 
financial institutions for up to 12 months. The Group has treasury investment policies approved by each of the 
relevant entity’s Board which stipulates the maximum exposure to each financial institution. Significant changes in 
market interest rates may have an effect on the Group’s profit or loss and operating cash flows. Cash flow interest 
rate risk is managed by placing excess funds in at call deposits, term deposits and other fixed interest bearing 
assets. Refer to notes 16 and 17 for details.

Based on the deposits held at reporting date, the sensitivity to a hypothetical 1% per annum increase or decrease 
in interest rates would increase/(decrease) after tax profit by $0.888 million (2018: $3.808 million). This scenario 
assumes all cash and term deposits at balance date continue to remain invested for the whole year.

The Parent Entity utilises short term bank financing. The balance at year-end was $30 million (2018:$nil). The 
debt is exposed to variable interest rates. Interest rate risk is minimised as the outstanding debt can be repaid by 
providing 30 day notice. 

f )  Climate related risk

Climate risk is a risk for the Group. The impacts of climate change have the potential to affect the value of assets 
and liabilities of the Group, in particular the carrying value of its investments in mining, natural resources and 
significant energy users. These impacts include long-term changes in climatic conditions, extreme weather 
events, and the action taken by governments, regulators or society more generally to transition to a low carbon 
economy. A key step in due diligence of the Group’s investments is the assessment of potential transactions for 
environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks, including climate risk, through our Sustainable Investment 
Policy and Climate Risk Policy. Significant new investments are evaluated through the Group’s compulsory ESG 
risk assessment process. The risk of climate change is assessed at origination and continues after an investment is 
made through the on-going investment review process. Exposures with medium or high risk profile are subject 
to additional due diligence and heightened consideration and assessment. As at 31 July 2019, the Directors 
considered climate related risk in the preparation of the financial statements.

NOTE 24 
FAIR VALUE ESTIMATION

Accounting policy – Fair value estimation
The fair value of financial assets, financial liabilities and investment properties must be estimated for recognition 
and measurement or for disclosure purposes.

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the reporting 
date. The quoted market price used for financial assets and financial liabilities held by the Group is the last sale 
price.

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter 
derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assump-
tions that are based on market conditions existing at each balance date. The fair value of forward exchange 
contracts is determined using forward exchange market rates at the reporting date.

The carrying value less estimated credit adjustments and expected credit losses of trade receivables and payables 
are assumed to approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair value of financial liabilities for 
disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows at the current market interest 
rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

Fair value hierarchy

Judgements and estimates are made in determining the fair values of assets and liabilities. To provide an 
indication of the reliability of the inputs used in determining fair value, the Group categories each asset and 
liability into one of the following three levels as prescribed by accounting standards:

Level 1: 

Fair value is determined by reference to quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or 
liabilities as at the end of the year.

Level 2: 

Fair value is determined by using valuation techniques incorporating observable market data inputs. 

Level 3: 

Fair value is determined by using valuation techniques that rely on inputs that are not based on 
observable market data.

Fair value measurements

The following table presents the Group’s assets and liabilities measured and recognisd at fair value as at 31 July 
2019 and 31 July 2018.

Consolidated 2019 

Financial assets
Trading equities* 
Long term equity investments**
Derivatives financial instruments

Non-financial assets
Investment properties

Total assets

Financial liabilities
Derivatives financial instruments

Total liabilities

Note

13
14
25

15

25

Level 1
$’000

60,950
753,966
–

–

814,916

Level 2
$’000

–
–
190

–

190

–

–

10,774

10,774

Level 3
$’000

16,198
31,169
–

106,281

153,648

–

–

Total
$’000

77,148
785,135
190

106,281

968,754

10,774

10,774

* 

From 1 August 2018, financial assets referred to as Trading equities have been accounted for as financial assets classified as Fair Value through 
Profit or Loss financial assets in accordance with AASB 9 Financial Instruments (refer note 3(a)(ii)).

**  From 1 August 2018, financial assets referred to as Long term equity investments have been accounted for as financial assets classified as Fair 

Value through Other Comprehensive Income financial assets in accordance with AASB 9 Financial Instruments (refer note 3(a)(ii)).

120

121

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Risk Management

24 NOTE 24 

FAIR VALUE ESTIMATION (continued) 

Consolidated 2018 

Financial assets
Trading equities
Long term equity investments
Other financial asset

Non-financial assets
Investment properties

Total assets

Financial liabilities
Derivatives financial instruments

Total liabilities

Note

13
14

15

25

Level 1
$’000

60,902
720,327
–

–

781,229

Level 2
$’000

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

3,353

3,353

Level 3
$’000

9,028
11,971
17,571

158,254

196,824

–

–

Total
$’000

69,930
732,298
17,571

158,254

978,053

3,353

3,353

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3) 

The following table presents the change in level 3 items for the year ended 31 July 2019 and 31 July 2018:

Trading 
equities
$’000

Long term 
equity 
investments
$’000

Investment 
properties
$’000

Opening balance 1 August 2017
Acquisitions
Disposals
Transfer from Equity accounted associates
Transfer from Property, plant and equipment 
(Losses)/gains recognised in other income

Closing balance 31 July 2018

Acquisitions
Disposals
Transfer to Equity accounted associates
Gain recognised in other income

Closing balance 31 July 2019

14,484
2,588
(7,703)
–
–
(341)

9,028

4,620
(2,038)
–
4,588

16,198

4,987
17,566
(4,982)
11,971
–
–

29,542

13,884
–
(12,257)
–

31,169

165,016
13,007
(25,454)
–
3,757
1,928

158,254

26,321
(85,756)
–
7,462

106,281

153,648

Total
$’000

184,487
33,161
(38,139)
11,971
3,757
1,587

196,824

44,825
(87,794)
(12,257)
12,050

Valuation techniques

Refer to note 15b for further details on the valuation techniques used for investment properties. 

Listed equities
The fair value of listed equities is based on quoted market prices being the last sale price, at the reporting date. 
Listed equities are traded in an active market, with the majority of the Group’s investments being publicly traded 
on the Australian Securities Exchange. 

Unlisted equities
In the absence of an active market for unlisted equities, the Parent Entity selects and uses one or more valuation 
techniques to measure the fair value of these unlisted equities. The Parent Entity selects a valuation technique that 
is appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data is available to measure fair value. 

The following valuation techniques are used by the Parent Entity:
 1 Market approach: valuation techniques that use prices and other relevant information generated by market 

transactions for identical or similar assets including ongoing discussions with potential purchasers.

 1 Income approach: valuation techniques that convert estimated future cash flows or income and expenses 

into a single discounted present value.

 1 Cost approach: valuation techniques that reflect the current replacement cost of an asset as its current 

service capacity.

 1 Net asset approach: valuation techniques that use prices and other relevant information generated by market 

transactions for identical or similar assets including ongoing discussions with potential purchasers.

Each valuation technique requires inputs that reflect the assumptions that buyers and sellers would use when 
pricing the asset or liability, including the assumptions about risk. When selecting a valuation technique, the 
Parent Entity gives priority to those techniques that maximise the use of observable inputs and minimise the use 
of unobservable inputs. Inputs that are developed using market data (such as publicly available information on 
actual transactions) and reflect the assumptions that buyers and sellers would generally use when pricing the 
asset or liability are considered observable, whereas inputs for which market data is not available and therefore are 
developed using the best information available about such assumptions are considered unobservable.

122

123

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
25

Risk Management

NOTE 25 
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Accounting policy – Derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subse-
quently remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss 
depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being 
hedged. The Group designates derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges).

At the inception of the transaction, the Group documents the relationship between hedging instruments and 
hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. 
The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the 
derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will continue to be highly effective in offsetting 
changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges 
is recognised in the hedging reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately 
in the profit or loss.

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item will affect 
profit or loss (for instance when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place). However, when the forecast transac-
tion that is hedged, results in the recognition of a non-financial asset (for example, inventory) or a non-financial 
liability, the gains or losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the measure-
ment of the initial carrying amount of the asset or liability.

When a hedging instrument expires, is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for 
hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the 
forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected 
to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately reclassified to the profit or loss.

At reporting date the outstanding contractual receivables/payables at fair value are (AUD Equivalents):

Non-current assets
Forward foreign exchange contracts

Current liabilities
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Interest rate swap
Forward commodity price hedge contracts

2019
$’000

190

10,774 
–
– 

10,774

2018
$’000

–

1,827
9
1,517

3,353

Derivative contracts are held by New Hope Corporation Limited in the normal course of business in order to hedge 
exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices.

These instruments are used in accordance with the Group’s financial risk management policies.

Fair value measurement

The fair value measurement of forward foreign exchange contracts are determined using forward exchange 
market rates at the reporting date.

The fair value measurement of forward commodity price hedge contracts are determined using forward 
commodity pricing at the reporting date.

The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined using forward interest rates at the reporting date.

Credit risk exposures of derivative financial instruments 

Credit risk arises from the potential failure of counterparties to meet their obligations under the respective 
contracts at maturity. A material exposure arises from forward exchange contracts and the New Hope Corporation 
Limited Group is exposed to losses in the event that counterparties fail to deliver the contracted amount. At 
balance date $714.946 million (2018: $269.101 million) was receivable relating to forward foreign exchange 
contracts and $nil (2018: $44.114 million) relating to forward price hedge contracts (AUD equivalents). Refer to 
note 23 for additional information.

At balance date the details of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts are:

Maturity
0 to 6 months
6 to 12 months
12 to 18 months

Sell US dollars 
Buy Australian dollars

Average  
exchange rate

2019
$’000

365,570
311,894
37,482

714,946

2018
$’000

183,219
85,882
–

269,101

2019
USD:AUD

2018
USD:AUD

0.7057
0.7022
0.6937

0.7510
0.7452
–

At balance date the details of outstanding forward commodity price hedge contracts are:

Maturity
0 to 6 months
6 to 12 months

Revenue

Per tonne

2019
USD $’000

2018
USD $’000

2019
USD/t

–
–

–

24,827
8,188

33,015

–
–

2018
USD/t

103.44
102.35

124

125

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 201926

Risk Management

NOTE 26 
INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES

Accounting policy – Interest bearing liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities are initially recognised at fair value, net of any transactions costs incurred. These 
balances are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction 
costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in the profit or loss over the term of the liability using the 
effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of 
the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is 
deferred until the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the 
facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised over the 
term of the facility to which it relates.

Interest bearing liabilities are classified as current liabilities to the extent that the Group has an unconditional 
right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance date.

Lease liabilities
Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group, as lessee, has substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the lease’s inception at the fair value 
of the leased property or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding rental 
obligations, net of finance charges, are included in other short-term and long-term payables.

The property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases is depreciated over the asset’s useful life or 
(if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership at the end of the lease term), over the 
shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term.

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not transferred to the Group as 
lessee are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received 
from the lessor) are charged to the profit or loss on a straight line basis over the term of the lease.

Current liabilities 
Secured loans
Finance lease liabilities
Equity finance loan

Non-current liabilities
Secured loans
Finance lease liabilities 

Fair value disclosures

Notes

26b
26a

26a
26b

2019
$’000

–
2,537 
30,000 

32,537 

364,948 
5,265 

370,213 

2018
$’000

22,825
2,442 
- 

25,267 

12,000 
7,790 

19,790 

The carrying value of financial liabilities as disclosed approximates their fair values.

Changes in liabilities – financing activities

The total change in liabilities arising from financing activities relates to cash proceeds from external borrowings 
and cash repayments of external borrowings made during the year, refer to the consolidated statement of cash 
flows for further details.

a)  Borrowings

Secured by assets pledged as security

The total borrowings secured are as follows:

Equity finance loan(i)
Short term borrowings(ii)
Long term borrowings(iii)

2019
$’000

30,000 
– 
364,948 

394,948 

2018
$’000

– 
22,825 
12,000 

34,825 

(i)   During the year, the Parent Entity utilised $30.000 million in short term bank finance. The debt incurs interest 
at a variable rate and is repayable upon either the bank or the Parent Entity providing notice of 30 days. 
As security, the Parent Entity transfers ownership of title over certain long term equity investments to the 
bank. As the Parent Entity retains the risks and benefits of ownership of the transferred equity investments, 
including the right to receive dividends, these securities continue to be included as an asset on the Group’s 
consolidated statement of financial position. Upon repayment of the debt, ownership of title of the equity 
investments, is transferred back to the Parent Entity. 

(ii)   During the year, the Parent Entity repaid the $22.825 million bank loan facility on behalf of its subsidiary. 

(iii)   At 31 July 2019, long term secured loan comprised of New Hope Corporation Limited of $352.948 million 

(2018: $nil) and the Parent Entity’s property trust’s bank loan facility for a commercial property in Penrith of 
$12.000 million (2018: $12.000 million). 

New Hope Corporation Limited

During the year, New Hope Corporation Limited entered into a $600.000 million secured drawable amortising 
debt facility with a syndicate of Australian and international banks and a $300.000 million credit support facility. 
The syndicated debt facility’s drawable line of credit is for general corporate purposes and has a maturity of 
November 2023. Under the terms of the secured syndicated debt facility, the facility limit has amortised to 
$570.000 million as at 31 July 2019.

During the year, $400.000 million of debt drawn down under the facility by New Hope Corporation Limited was 
repaid. 

The financiers to the secured facility hold fixed and floating charges over all assets held by New Hope Corporation 
Limited (with the exception of certain excluded subsidiaries). 

The transaction costs incurred by New Hope Corporation Limited in obtaining the secured debt facility and the 
credit support facility totalled $12.802 million. Amortisation of the transaction costs and setup fees for the credit 
support facility totalled $5.750 million during the year was recorded as financing expenses in the profit or loss.  
As at 31 July 2019, the transaction costs balance was $7.052 million and offset against the secured loans balance.

New Hope Corporation Limited’s secured borrowings are an amortising facility reducing by $30.000 million six 
monthly with any final balance up to $330.000 million at the end of the facility term being repayable in the two to 
five year period.

126

127

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
Risk Management

26 NOTE 26 

INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES (continued)

b)  Secured – finance lease liabilities

Commitments in relation to finance leases are payable as follows:
Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years

Minimum finance lease
Future finance charges

Total lease liability

The present value of finance lease liabilities is as follows:
Current
Non-current

Recognised as a liability

Secured liability

2019
$’000

2,767
5,353

8,120
(318)

7,802

2,537
5,265

7,802

2018
$’000

2,767
8,120

10,887
(655)

10,232

2,442
7,790

10,232

Lease liabilities are effectively secured as the rights to the leased assets recognised in the financial statements 
revert to the lessor in the event of default. No other assets are pledged as security for borrowings.

c)  Other financing arrangements

 The Group has access to bank overdraft and bank guarantee facilities as follows:

Bank overdraft
Total facility
Used at balance date

Unused at balance date

Bank guarantees
Total facilities
Used at balance date

Unused at balance date

Bank guarantees include: 
Unsecured facilities, no fixed term, with variable rates:

i.  

ii. 

 Mining restoration and rehabilitation 
The liability has been recognised by New Hope Corporation Limited 
in relation to its rehabilitation obligations.

 Statutory Body suppliers 
No liability was recognised by New Hope Corporation Limited in 
relation to these guarantees as no losses are foreseen on these 
contingent liabilities with the exception of those identified in note 34 
relating to the take or pay contracts of the Colton exploration project.

Secured, no fixed term, with variable rates:

iii.   Environmental bond 

The net present value of this liability has been recognised by Round 
Oak Minerals Pty Limited in relation to this guarantee. The guarantee 
has been provided by the Parent Entity.

iv.   Sydney office lease  

No liability was recognised by the Parent Entity in relation to the 
bank guarantee for Sydney office lease.

2019
$’000

1,000 
–

1,000

905,270 
(616,983)

288,287 

2018
$’000

1,000 
–

1,000

214,510 
(194,972)

19,538 

209,657

153,457

24,740

30,803

22,678

16,413

819

–

257,894

200,673

128

129

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
 
Risk Management

27 NOTE 27 

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Details and estimates of contingent liabilities for which no provision is included in the accounts, are as follows:

i.   Undertakings and guarantees issued by a subsidiary’s bankers to 
the Department of Natural Resources and Mines, Statutory Power 
Authorities and various other entities

ii.   Undertakings and guarantees issued by the bankers of the  

Bengalla Joint Venture (of which a subsidiary is a party) for rail  
and port suppliers

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

33,996 

26,708 

13,422 

47,418 

6,391 

33,099 

The contingent liabilities as described above are not secured by any charges on the Group’s assets. For contingent 
liabilities of the Parent Entity, refer to note 1c, page 70. For contingent liabilities relating to associates refer to note 
12d, page 98.

Other than the above and the matters set out in note 34(iii), there are no other contingent liabilities of the Group 
as at 31 July 2019.

28

Fixed Assets

NOTE 28 
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Accounting policy – Property, plant  
and equipment
Freehold land is carried at the lower of cost and 
recoverable amount.

Property, plant and equipment, (excluding investment 
properties, refer to note 15), is stated at historical cost 
less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. 
Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly 
attributable to the acquisition of the assets. Cost may 
also include transfers from equity relating to any 
gains/losses on qualifying cash flow hedges of foreign 
currency purchases of property, plant and equipment. 
The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of 
materials, direct labour, the initial estimate where rele-
vant, of the cost of dismantling and removing the items 
and restoring the site under which they are located and 
an appropriate portion of production overhead.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s 
carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, 
as appropriate, only when it is probable that future 
economic benefits associated with the item will flow 
to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured 
reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged 
to the profit or loss during the reporting period in 
which they are incurred.

The depreciable amount of all fixed assets including 
buildings and capitalised lease assets, but excluding 
freehold land, is depreciated commencing from the 
time the asset is held ready for use.

Depreciation is calculated so as to expense the cost 
of each item of property, plant and equipment over 
its expected economic life to the Consolidated Entity. 
Each item’s useful life has due regard both to its own 
physical life limitations and to present assessments 
of economically recoverable resources (when related 
to mining activities). Estimates of residual values 
and remaining useful lives are made on an annual 
basis. The straight line method is predominately 
used (Copper float and solvent extraction plants are 
depreciated on the units of production method). The 
expected useful life of plant and equipment is 4 to 20 
years, buildings is 25 to 40 years and motor vehicles is 
4 to 8 years. Land is not depreciated.

The assets residual values and useful lives are 
reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each 
reporting date.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immedi-
ately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying 
amount is greater than its recoverable amount.

Gains or losses on disposals are determined by 
comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are 
included in the profit or loss.

Accounting policy – Mine development 
costs, mining reserves and leases and  
oil producing assets
Development expenditure incurred by the Group 
is accumulated separately for each area of interest 
in which economically recoverable mineral and oil 
resources have been identified to the satisfaction 
of the Directors. Direct development expenditure, 
pre-operating mine start-up costs, and an appropriate 
portion of related overhead expenditure are capital-
ised as mine development costs up until the relevant 
mine is in commercial production.

Mining reserves, leases and mine development costs 
are amortised over the estimated productive life of 
each applicable mine on either a unit of production 
basis or years of operation basis, as appropriate. 
Amortisation commences when a mine commences 
commercial production.

The cost of acquiring mineral reserves and mineral 
resources are capitalised in the consolidated statement 
of financial position as incurred.

Oil producing assets are amortised on a unit of 
production basis. The method uses the actual costs 
of the asset to date plus all its projected future costs. 
Amortisation commences when an area of interest is 
ready for use.

Impairment of non-current assets
Assets are tested for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by 
which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recover-
able amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of 
an asset’s fair value less cost to sell and its value in use. 
For the purposes of assessing impairment under value 
in use testing, assets are grouped at the lowest levels 
for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows 
which are largely independent of the cash inflows 
from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating 
units). Annual assessments of impairments reversals 
are undertaken.

All property, plant and equipment allocated to cash- 
generating units (CGU’s) containing goodwill must be 
tested for impairment at the CGU level on an annual 
basis. Other property, plant and equipment assets 
must also be tested for impairment when impairment 
indicators of impairment are identified.

130

131

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Fixed Assets

28 NOTE 28 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

Land
$’000

Buildings
$’000

Plant, 
fixtures, 
motor 
vehicles
$’000

Oil 
producing 
assets
$’000

Mining 
reserves 
and leases
$’000

Mine  
develop-
ment
$’000

Total
$’000

Non-current assets
2019

At 1 August 2018

Cost

166,114

73,420

1,088,811

160,627

663,841

258,705

2,411,518

Accumulated depreciation/ 
amortisation and impairment

(567)

(25,395)

(558,066)

(90,840)

(93,325)

(122,752)

(890,945)

Net book amount

165,547

48,025

530,745

69,787

570,516

135,953

1,520,573

Year ended 31 July 2019

Opening net book amount

Acquisition of businesses

Additions

Mining restoration and 
rehabilitation

Transfers in/(out)

Disposal of assets

Impairment of assets

Depreciation/amortisation 
charge

165,547

14,344

–

–

–

–

–

–

48,025

13,618

3,212

–

108

–

–

 530,745

185,804

97,267

4,771

(518)

(367)

(162)

69,787

–

18,596

1,616

–

–

–

570,516

582,028

–

–

–

–

–

135,953

1,520,573

17,426

57,652

14,960

4,499

–

(24,047)

813,220

176,727

21,347

4,089

(367)

(24,209)

(2,823)

(75,346)

(7,885)

(45,555)

(27,972)

 (159,581)

Closing net book amount

179,891

62,140

742,194

82,114

1,106,989

178,471

2,351,799

Land
$’000

Buildings
$’000

Plant, 
fixtures, 
motor 
vehicles
$’000

Oil 
producing 
assets
$’000

Mining 
reserves 
and leases
$’000

Mine  
develop-
ment
$’000

Total
$’000

Non-current assets
2018

At 1 August 2017

Cost

163,915

51,820

972,075

149,537

663,841

163,348

2,164,536

Accumulated depreciation/
amortisation and impairment

–

(23,840)

(506,984)

(82,879)

(65,086)

(115,327)

(794,116)

Net book amount

163,915

27,980

465,091

66,658

598,755

48,021

1,370,420

Year ended 31 July 2018

Opening net book amount

Acquisition of businesses

Additions

Mining restoration and 
rehabilitation

Transfers (out)/in

Disposal of assets

Impairment of assets

Depreciation/amortisation 
charge

163,915

1,217

4,341

–

(3,319)

(40)

(567)

27,980

7,288

6,988

–

7,344

(20)

–

 465,091

26,445

108,174

–

(15,195)

(2,688)

(3)

66,658

–

5,217

–

5,873

–

–

598,755

–

–

–

–

–

–

48,021

 39,150

4,531

45,869

5,807

–

–

1,370,420

74,100

129,251

45,869

510

(2,748)

(570)

–

(1,555)

(51,079)

(7,961)

(28,239)

(7,425)

 (96,259)

Closing net book amount

165,547

48,025

530,745

69,787

570,516

135,953

1,520,573

At 31 July 2018

Cost

Accumulated depreciation/
amortisation and impairment

166,114

73,420

1,088,811

160,627

663,841

258,705

2,411,518

(567)

(25,395)

(558,066)

(90,840)

(93,325)

(122,752)

(890,945)

Net book amount

165,547

48,025

530,745

69,787

570,516

135,953

1,520,573

At 31 July 2019

Cost

Accumulated depreciation/ 
amortisation and impairment

180,458

90,358

1,375,768

180,839

1,245,869

353,242

3,426,534

Pledged assets

(567)

(28,218)

(633,574)

(98,725)

(138,880)

(174,771)

(1,074,735)

Plant, fixtures and motor vehicles include assets with a net book value of $7.802 million (2018: $10.232 million), which the Group leases under 
finance leases. Refer note 26 for details.

Net book amount

179,891

62,140

742,194

82,114

1,106,989

178,471

2,351,799

Impairments of property plant and equipment

During the year ended 31 July 2019, the impairment charges to property, plant and equipment was $24.209 million, mainly attributable to the 
impairment of mine development assets of Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited. In the prior year, the impairment charge was $0.570 million. Refer 
below for details.

132

133

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Fixed Assets

28 NOTE 28 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

Key judgements and estimates

a) 

 Determination of recoverable value – New Hope Corporation Limited  
(Queensland mining operations)

In accordance with accounting standards, New Hope Corporation Limited has completed an impairment 
assessment for its Queensland mining operations. 

As a result of this assessment, New Hope Corporation Limited has determined that no impairment is required  
in relation to these assets for the year.

Details of the assessment, the significant judgements and estimates, are as follows:

Impairment assessment
All property, plant and equipment allocated to CGU’s containing goodwill must be tested for impairment at the 
CGU level on an annual basis. Other property, plant and equipment assets must also be tested for impairment 
when impairment indicators are identified. 

Judgement is involved in assessing whether there are indicators of impairment of property, plant and equipment 
including in relation to the impact of events or changes in circumstances. For coal mining and oil production 
assets, key judgements include external factors such as forecast commodity prices and foreign exchange rates. 
Judgement is also required in relation to the estimation of coal and oil reserves and resources.

Where the recoverable amounts of New Hope Corporation Limited’s CGU’s are tested for impairment using 
analyses of discounted cash flows, the resulting valuations are also sensitive to changes in estimates of long-term 
commodity prices, production timing and recovery rates, exchange rates, operating costs, reserve and resource 
estimates, closure costs and discount rates. Estimates in respect of the timing of project expansions and the cost 
to complete asset construction are also critical to determining the recoverable amounts for CGU’s (refer below in 
relation to specific considerations related to New Acland Stage 3 approvals).

Estimation of coal and oil reserves and resources
New Hope Corporation Limited estimates its coal reserves and resources based on information compiled by 
Competent Persons as defined in accordance with the Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, 
Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves of December 2012 (the JORC Code, which is produced by the Australasian 
Joint Ore Reserves Committee). The oil reserves and resources are equivalently calculated by appropriately 
qualified persons in accordance with the SPE Petroleum Reserves Management System (SPE-PRMS) published by 
the Society of Petroleum Engineers (updated June 2019).

The estimation of reserves and resources requires judgement to interpret available geological data and then to 
select an appropriate mining method and establish an extraction schedule. It also requires assumptions about 
future commodity prices, exchange rates, production costs, recovery rates and discount rates and, in some 
instances, the renewal of mining licences. There are many uncertainties in the estimation process and assump-
tions that are valid at the time of estimation may change significantly when new information becomes available. 
In particular the increasing global focus on climate change and associated policy and regulatory risks may impact 
on future coal demand and prices which could impact reserves and resource estimations.

Changes in coal reserves could have an impact on: the calculation of depreciation, amortisation and impairment 
charges; the timing of the payment of closedown and restoration costs; and the recovery of deferred tax assets. 
Changes in coal resources could have an impact on the recoverability of exploration and evaluation costs capitalised.

New Acland Stage 3 approvals
A number of uncertainties associated with the approvals timeline and conditionality of the New Acland Coal Stage 
3 project (NAC03) remain at 31 July 2019. Consistent with the position outlined in the financial report for the 
prior year, the significant delays in the approval process, which have the potential to delay the commencement of 
NAC03, have been assessed to be an indicator of potential impairment of the Queensland coal mining operations 
CGU assets.

A summary of the key events pertaining to NAC03 project approvals are:
 1 On 31 May 2017, the Land Court recommended that the Environmental Authority (EA) and Mining Leases 

(ML) for the project not be granted;

 1 On 14 February 2018, the Chief Executive of the Department of Environment and Science (DES) made a 

decision to refuse the application for amendment of the EA;

 1 On 28 May 2018 the Supreme Court of Queensland ruled in favour of New Acland with the key orders being:
 ! The decisions made by the Land Court on 31 May 2017 recommending rejection of the ML applications 
for NAC03, and for the refusal of the application for amendment of the EA, were set aside with effect 
from 31 May 2017;

 ! The decision of the Chief Executive of DES to refuse the application for an amendment of the EA was set 

aside with effect from 14 February 2018; and

 ! The recommendations of the Land Court in respect of groundwater and intergenerational equity (as it 
relates to groundwater) were held to be not relevant for consideration by the Land Court and that the 
matter of noise required further consideration by the Land Court.

 1 A hearing of the Land Court, in accordance with the instructions of the Supreme Court from the Judicial 

Review, was held in early October 2018 with a decision handed down on 7 November 2018. The Land Court 
conditionally recommended that the ML and EA amendment be granted subject to certain conditions 
including the Coordinator-General first amending the noise limit conditions to 35 dBA in the evening and 
night with the DES incorporating the changes in the amendment of the EA by 31 May 2019;

 1 On 12 February 2019, NAC03 received a change report from the Coordinator-General in respect of the noise 
conditions for NAC03. On 15 February 2019, DES confirmed that the change report had satisfied all of the 
preconditions imposed by the Land Court for the approval of the ML and amendments to the EA and the EA 
was granted on 12 March 2019;

 1 The Supreme Court of Queensland decision has been appealed by the Oakey Coal Action Alliance (OCAA). 

New Acland has successfully defended the Judicial Review decision of the Supreme Court of QLD in the Court 
of Appeal with a judgement against the Oakey Coal Action Alliance received on 10 September 2019. The 
orders relating to the judgement are yet to be finalised. The decision from the Court of Appeal process may 
still be subject to an application for special leave to appeal to the High Court by the appellant (OCAA);
 1 The Associated Water Licence (AWL) application process re-started during July 2018 following engagement 

with the Department of Natural Resources, Mines and Energy (DNRM). On 19 January 2019, NAC03 lodged an 
Amended AWL application which has now progressed through public consultation and is with the Minister 
for decision.

New Hope Corporation Limited has undertaken an impairment assessment as required under AASB 136 
for the current year. New Hope Corporation Limited carefully considered the potential impact that recent 
developments in the legal and regulatory environment may have and the possibility of any resultant impacts 
on future cash flows. 

The fair value discounted cash flow models prepared for the CGU have confirmed that the recoverable amount 
exceeds the carrying value. The updated models include assumptions relating to approval timelines and coal 
price as follows:

(i)  Extensions of approvals timeline
The assessments assume that project approvals will be received in the commencement of the 2021 financial year 
and any delay beyond this may result in impairment. The assumptions of the impairment assessment reflect that 
once approvals are granted NAC03 operates for the full life of mine. 

(ii)  Coal price assumptions
Short term coal prices have improved slightly since 31 July 2018 and long term indications of pricing have also 
improved. New Hope Corporation Limited has acknowledged the decrease in the current spot pricing during the 
second half of the year and also the increased differential between high calorific value coals and lower calorific 
value coals in concluding on its pricing assumptions. The coal price range for assessments at 31 July 2019 is US$59 
– US$125 per tonne (nominal basis).

In undertaking its impairment assessment, New Hope Corporation Limited has considered the potential impact 
of climate change risk on the future cash flows contained within the fair value discounted cash flow model. These 
risks include the potential impact on future coal prices of changes in market supply and demand dynamics over 
the life of NAC03, and the potential for cost volatility associated with factors such as climate change related 
regulatory changes and/or market participation by suppliers of services to New Hope Corporation Limited.

134

135

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Fixed Assets

The carrying value of the Port operations CGU’s assets is set out below: 

28 NOTE 28 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

These types of risks are taken into account in a variety of ways which include the use of forecast commodity prices 
and industry risk measures as an input into the calculation of the discount rate applied against future cash flows. 
In addition, given the near term timing and expected life of the project, New Hope Corporation Limited does 
not consider there to be a significant risk of climate change materially impacting project outcomes once current 
approvals are received.

Having due regard to all relevant information, New Hope Corporation Limited has concluded that none of these 
matters, either individually or in aggregate, result in the recoverable amount for the CGU being below its carrying 
value. As a result of the impairment assessment undertaken there are no impairments required in relation to the 
assets of the Queensland mining operations CGU as at 31 July 2019.

The carrying value of the Queensland coal mining CGU’s assets of New Hope Corporation Limited is set out below: 

Property, plant and equipment

Land and buildings
Plant and equipment
Mine reserves, leases and development assets
Plant under construction

Intangibles
Software

Exploration and evaluation

Exploration and evaluation at cost

Total carrying value

2019
$’000

56,193 
98,025 
2,887 
49,495

2018
$’000

55,509 
107,981 
3,977 
50,978 

887 

1,207 

42,025 

249,512 

37,873 

257,525 

The Queensland coal mining CGU has take or pay agreements for rail, port and water supply. The rail agreement 
is generally aligned to the recovery of Stage 2 coal while the port and water agreements are longer term. These 
arrangements are not of a sufficient amount to constitute a material impact on value unless approval delays 
extend beyond those currently foreseeable.

The financial statements have been prepared on the basis that approvals are granted within a reasonable time 
period, and as a result, there is no significant impact on the value recoverable from the project and therefore 
the Queensland coal mining CGU at 31 July 2019. In the event that future events have a negative impact on 
the recoverable value of the Queensland coal mining operations CGU, the assets of that CGU may be subject to 
impairment.

The Queensland coal mining CGU is a customer of the Port operations CGU of New Hope Corporation Limited.  
As such in the event that there are circumstances which further impact the coal mining operations this may 
be relevant to the value of those operations (shown below) and will be a factor in any future impairment 
considerations.

Property, plant and equipment

Land and buildings
Plant and equipment
Mine reserves, leases and development assets
Plant under construction

Intangibles
Software
Goodwill

Total carrying value

2019
$’000

1,617 
80,552 
11,367 
1,556 

112 
5,596 

2018
$’000

1,694
84,477 
11,872 
284 

142 
5,596

100,800 

104,065 

b) 

 Determination of recoverable value – Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited  
(copper processing plant, equipment and capitalised mine development costs)

The Group performed its annual impairment test in July 2019 and July 2018. The assessment of recoverable value 
includes making estimates in relation to quantities of economically recoverable reserves that are supported by 
detailed mine plans and interpretations of geological models. The assessment of recoverable value also requires 
assumptions to be made that include short and long-term exchange rates, short and long-term commodity prices, 
future capital expenditure requirements, working capital needs and estimates of the economic life of plant and 
equipment and its residual value. Changes in these estimates and applying different assumptions may impact 
significantly the assessment of the recoverable value of the plant, equipment and capitalised mine development 
costs, as well as the amount of depreciation and amortisation charged to the profit or loss.

During the year the Group re-assessed the manner in which it considered its CGUs for the Round Oak Minerals Pty 
Limited Group. In previous periods assets had been aggregated into CGUs based on the underlying commodities 
being extracted, however given the growth of the number of active projects it has been determined that 
aggregating assets by project is more appropriate. The reassessment was made on the basis that each project is 
capable of generating independent cash inflows.

The 2019 recoverable value assessment determined that the carrying values of the following CGU’s exceeded their 
respective recoverable amounts and a pre-tax impairment charge of $23.778 million ($16.645 million post-tax) 
was recognised as an impairment expense in the profit or loss. The recoverable value of CGUs are based on value 
in use estimates have been calculated using after tax cash flows that have been risk adjusted and a real after tax 
discount rate of 8%.

The decrease in the recoverable amount of capitalised mining costs (included in property, plant and equipment 
and exploration and evaluation assets) by CGU was as follows:
 1 Jaguar CGU required impairment of $2.2 million, due lower expected production volumes 
 1 Wallace CGU required an impairment of $10.3 million from lower expected metal recoveries and increased 

operating costs

 1 Barbara CGU required an impairment of $11.3 million, due to higher operating costs

The directors are satisfied that the estimates and assumptions made are based on observable and other 
supportable inputs and therefore that the impaired carrying value of the copper processing plant, equipment and 
capitalised mine development costs at 31 July 2019 is appropriate.

136

137

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Fixed Assets

29 NOTE 29 

EXPLORATION AND EVALUATION ASSETS

Accounting policy – Exploration and evaluation assets
Exploration, evaluation and relevant acquisition costs are accumulated separately for each area of interest for which 
a mining tenement is current. They are initially recognised at cost and include acquisition of rights to explore, 
studies, exploratory drilling, trenching, sampling and an appropriate portion of related overhead expenditure.

Costs are carried forward only if they relate to an area of interest for which rights of tenure are current and such 
costs are expected to be recouped through successful development and exploitation or from sale of the area.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure which does not satisfy these criteria is expensed.

Where a decision is made to proceed to the development of a mine, the relevant exploration and evaluation costs for 
that area of interest are transferred to mine development (disclosed within Note 28 – Property, plant and equipment).

Non-current assets
Exploration and evaluation at cost

Movement
Opening net book amount
Additions
Impairment expenses(i)
Impairment expenses from discontinued operation(i)
Disposal
Transfers out

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

333,623

310,798

310,798 
29,591 
(1,457)
–
(1,159)
(4,150)

418,582
30,378
(92,332)
(39,957)
–
(5,873)

Closing net book amount

333,623 

310,798 

(i)   The impairment expense of $132.289 million at 31 July 2018 relates to coal exploration assets, which are allocated to the Energy CGU for the 

purpose of assessing recoverable value. Refer to Key judgements and estimates below.

Exploration and evaluation assets
Exploration and evaluation assets includes New Hope Corporation Limited of $301.589 million (2018: $280.301 
million) and Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited of $28.111 million (2018: $30.497 million).

Key judgements and estimates

Exploration and evaluation expenditure
During the year, the subsidiaries of New Hope Corporation Limited and Round Oak Minerals Pty Ltd, capitalised 
various items of expenditure to exploration and evaluation assets. The relevant items of expenditure were 
deemed to be part of the capital cost of developing future mining operations, which would then be amortised 
over the useful life of the mine.

The key judgement applied in considering whether the costs should be capitalised, is that costs are expected to 
be recovered through either successful development (through mining operations) or sale of the relevant mining 
interest.

Factors that could impact the exploration and evaluation costs being transferred to future mine operations 
include the level of reserves and resources, changes in commodity prices and foreign exchange rates, future legal 
changes and any future technology changes.

In the prior year, New Hope Corporation Limited determined that an indicator of impairment existed as at 
balance date in respect of the Colton coal exploration project. The indicator arose from recently increased charges 
associated with access to WICET which were materially higher than those previously forecast and ongoing work 
regarding the assessment of JORC reserves position of this asset. As a result an impairment test was undertaken 
and an impairment was recognised.

For the purposes of assessing impairment of the Colton exploration project, New Hope Corporation Limited has 
utilised the fair value less costs of disposal method underpinned by a resource multiple. A resource multiple is 
considered the appropriate valuation methodology for an exploration asset of this type. The fair value method-
ology adopted is considered level 3 in the hierarchy due to the judgemental nature of the discounts applied to the 
resource multiples.

Given the significant costs associated with access to WICET (which have increased significantly since the terminal 
commenced operations) New Hope Corporation Limited determined that it is appropriate to discount recent 
transaction multiples to account for the onerous nature of the obligations to WICET. At the prevailing WICET costs 
New Hope Corporation Limited determined that it is inappropriate to ascribe any value to the JORC resources 
and as a result a full impairment for the carrying value of the Colton assets of $132.860 million was recognised as 
outlined below:

2018

Exploration and evaluation
Property, plant and equipment

Note

29
28

Carrying 
value
$’000

132,289
571 

132,860 

Recoverable 
value
$’000

Impairment 
loss
$’000

–
–

– 

(132,289)
(571)

(132,860)

138

139

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Fixed Assets

30 NOTE 30 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Accounting policy – Intangible assets

Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net 
identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary/associate at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of 
subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates is included in the carrying 
amount of investments in associates.

Goodwill is not amortised. Instead, goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that it may be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill 
acquired is allocated to CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those CGUs or group of 
CGUs that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. CGUs are discussed in 
the impairment section below.

Gains or losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Water rights and mining information
The Group benefits from water rights associated with its mining operations through the efficient and cost effec-
tive operations of the mine. The value of exploration, pre-feasibility and feasibility costs necessary for regulatory, 
reporting and internal control purposes have been recognised as a mining information intangible asset.

Software
Software is stated at historical cost less applicable amortisation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is 
directly attributable to the acquisition of software. Amortisation is calculated so as to write off the cost of each 
item of software during its expected economic life to the Group.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets including brands and curriculum that are acquired by the Group are stated at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure on capitalised intangible assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic 
benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure is expensed as incurred.

Amortisation of intangible assets
Amortisation is charged to the profit or loss on a straight line basis, unless otherwise stated, over the estimated 
useful lives of intangible assets unless such lives are indefinite. Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are 
systematically tested for impairment at each balance date.

Other intangible assets are amortised from the date they are available for use. The estimated useful lives of 
intangibles are as follows:

Class of intangible

Goodwill
Water rights and mining information
Software
Other intangibles (includes brands and curriculum)

Useful life

Indefinite life
Estimated life of mine
3 – 5 years
Indefinite life

Impairment
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested 
annually for impairment or more frequently if changes or circumstances indicate that they may be impaired. 
Other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. Refer to Note 20 for details on impairment testing.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable 
amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For 
the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately 
identifiable cash flows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets 
(CGUs). Intangible assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the 
impairment at each reporting date. Goodwill impairments are not reversible.

Impairment losses for intangible assets are recognised in the profit or loss.

Goodwill
$’000

Water  
rights
$’000

Mining 
informa-
tion
$’000

Other 
intangibles
$’000

Software
$’000

Non-current assets

At 31 July 2017
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net book amount

Year ended 31 July 2017
Opening net book amount
Additions
Assets acquired by purchase of businesses
Transfers out to property, plant and equipment
Amortisation charged to the profit or loss  
(refer to note 20)

Closing net book amount

At 31 July 2018
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net book amount

Year ended 31 July 2018
Opening net book amount
Additions
Assets acquired by purchase of businesses
Transfers in from property, plant and equipment
Amortisation charged to the profit or loss  
(refer to note 20)

22,830
(4,157)

18,673

18,673
–
7,921
–

–

26,594

30,751
(4,157)

26,594

26,594
–
2,511
–

6,560
(372)

6,188

6,188
–
–
–

(262)

5,926

6,560
(634)

5,926

5,926
–
6,511
–

34,900
(1,981)

32,919

32,919
909
–
–

(1,396)

32,432

35,809
(3,377)

32,432

32,432
–
35,000
–

–

(433)

(2,313)

Closing net book amount

29,105

12,004

65,119

As 31 July 2019
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

33,262
(4,157)

13,071
(1,067)

70,809
(5,690)

Net book amount

29,105

12,004

65,119

Total
$’000

81,445
(21,419)

60,026

60,026 
1,235 
14,707 
(55)

(2,360)

73,553 

97,332
(23,779)

73,553

73,553
54
44,091
61

17,155
(14,909)

2,246

2,246
326
–
(55)

(702)

1,815

17,426
(15,611)

1,815

1,815
54
69
61

(534)

(3,280)

1,465

114,479

17,610
(16,145)

141,538
(27,059)

1,465

114,479

–
–

–

–
–
6,786
–

–

6,786

6,786
–

6,786

6,786
–
–
–

–

6,786

6,786
–

6,786

140

141

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Fixed Assets

30 NOTE 30 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)

Recoverable amount of goodwill

Intangible assets, which have indefinite lives are allocated to the Group’s CGU’s identified according to business 
segment and country of operation.

A segment-level summary of the goodwill allocation is presented below:

Energy(i)
Carrying amount of goodwill 

Swimming pool owner and operator(iii)
Opening balance at 1 August 2018
Goodwill acquired as part of business acquisition 
(refer to note 7)

Consulting(ii)
Carrying amount of Goodwill

Closing net book value

Country of 
operation

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

Australia

18,098

18,098

Australia

Australia

Australia

7,921

2,511

10,432

575

29,105

7,921

–

7,921

575

26,594

The recoverable amount of the cash generating units for which goodwill has been allocated is determined based 
on the fair value less cost of disposal method (FVLCD). Assumptions and methodology applied to each CGU are as 
follows:

(i)  Energy

The brought forward balance of goodwill relates to acquisitions by New Hope Corporation Limited, primarily 
Queensland Bulk Handling Pty Limited (goodwill of $5.596 million) and certain coal exploration assets (goodwill  
of $12.271 million).

The recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the exploration asset’s goodwill is attributable 
has been based on the FVLCD method using a comparable resource transaction multiple multiplied by the 
resources attributable to this CGU. This assessment is determined under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy based 
on observable external market data for reserve and resources transaction multiples, rather than quoted prices 
(refer note 24 for an explanation on fair value hierarchy). Observable transactions included in the assessment of an 
appropriate multiple are comparable transactions in the last four years for Australian coal exploration projects with 
the same coal type as the CGU assets. The estimation of the resources used to determine the recoverable amount 
requires judgement and assumptions as detailed in Note 28.

The recoverable amount of Queensland Bulk Handling Pty Limited CGU has been based on value in use calcula-
tions using discounted cash flow model. The future cash flows have been discounted using a post-tax rate of 9% 
(2018: 9%). This assessment is determined under level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

(ii)  Consulting

Brought forward goodwill relates to obtaining control of Pitt Street Real Estate Partners Pty Limited.

(iii)  Swimming pool owner and operator

The brought forward balance of goodwill relates to the acquisition by WHSP Aquatic Achievers Pty Limited, 
a subsidiary of the Parent Entity, of the Aquatic Achievers business, a swimming pool owner and operator 
providing swimming programs. As a result of this acquisition, $7.921 million of goodwill has been recognised. 
An additional goodwill amount of $2.511 million has been recognised from the acquisition of two swim 
schools on 1 December 2018.

In addition intangible assets comprising Aquatic Achievers brand of $1.429 million and curriculum of $5.357 
million have been recognised. These intangible assets are all considered to have indefinite lives with no amortisa-
tion applied.

The recoverable amount of the brand and curriculum were valued on royalty-based valuation method by 
applying royalty rates, based on observable transactions, to the swimming lesson revenue used on the profit 
forecasts to support the acquisition. The resulting income stream was used in the discounted cash flow model 
over a 5.5 year period at the post-tax discount rate of 13.2% per annum. This assessment is determined under level 
3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Key estimates

Impairment of intangible assets
At each reporting date the Group considers the recoverable value of intangible assets. Intangible assets are 
allocated to CGUs for which the recoverable value is determined. The recoverable value may be determined based 
on fair value less costs to sell and is estimated based on recent market transaction information. These calculations 
require the use of assumptions.

142

143

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Other Operating Assets and Liabilities

31 NOTE 31 

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Accounting policy – Trade and other 
receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair 
value and subsequently at amortised cost, less any 
allowance for expected credit losses (ECL). Trade 
receivables are due for settlement between 30 and 45 
days from the date of recognition.

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial 
assets with fixed or determinable payments that 
are not quoted in an active market. They are initially 
recognised at fair value, and subsequently at amortised 
costs less any ECLs. 

The Consolidated Entity measures the loss allowance 
for trade and other receivables at an amount equal 
to the lifetime ECL except where the financial asset’s 
credit risk is considered low or has not increased signif-
icantly since initial recognition, the loss allowance 
is based on 12-months ECL. A simplified approach is 
taken to accounting for trade and other receivables 
and records the loss allowance at the amount equal to 
the lifetime ECL. In applying this simplified method, 
the Consolidated Entity uses its historical experience, 
external indicators and forward looking information to 
calculate the ECL. 

Current assets
Trade receivables
Trade receivables – provisionally priced
Loan to external parties – secured
Other receivables
Prepayments

Total current receivables

Non-current assets
Loans to external parties – secured
Other receivables and prepayments

Total non-current receivables

The amount of any allowance for expected credit loss is 
recognised in the profit or loss. When a trade receivable 
for which an allowance had been recognised becomes 
uncollectible in a subsequent period, it is written off 
against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries 
of amounts previously written off are credited to the 
profit or loss.

Measurement
Loans to external parties 
There is no change in classification of loans from the 
old standard, AASB 139 to the new standard AASB 9. 
Loans continues to be held at amortised cost.

Other receivables 
These amounts generally arise from transactions 
outside the usual operating activities of the Group. 
Interest may be charged at commercial rates where 
the terms of repayment exceed the due date. Other 
receivables are carried at amortised cost. 

2019
$’000

55,336 
20,294
41,388 
32,663 
12,577 

2018
$’000

44,639 
42,912
6,051 
31,310 
6,811 

162,258 

131,723 

36,200 
2,388 

38,588 

48,200 
5,325 

53,525 

Trade receivables
The balance at 31 July 2019 includes $74.261 million (2018: $77.763 million) relating to New Hope Corporation 
Limited. As at reporting date, trade receivables past due but not impaired were nil (2018: nil). 

Loans to external parties – secured 
During the year, the Parent Entity, provided loans to external parties on commercial rates. The total balance of 
loans at 31 July 2019 was $77.588 million (2018: $54.251 million). These loans are secured.

32

NOTE 32 
INVENTORIES

Accounting policy – Inventory
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials, direct 
labour and an appropriate portion of variable and fixed overheads, the latter being allocated on the basis of 
normal operating capacity. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business 
less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

Current assets
Raw materials and stores

Work in progress

Finished goods 
Less: Provision for obsolescence

2019
$’000

41,607 

155 

80,962 
(2,253)

78,709

2018
$’000

26,041 

4,184 

65,623 
(2,612)

63,011

120,471 

93,236 

Inventory expense

Inventories recognised as an expense during the year amounted to $869.156 million (2018: $652.089 million).

The write-down of inventory to net realisable value recognised as an expense during the year amounted 
$2.400 million (2018: $2.010 million).

The Group assessed the ECL in relation to trade and other receivables during the year and the prior year to be 
immaterial and no loss allowance has been recorded.

Credit, foreign exchange, fair value and interest rate risk

Information about the Group’s exposure to these risks in relation to trade and other receivables is provided in note 23. 
The carrying value less impairment provisions of trade receivables are assumed to approximate their fair value.

144

145

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Other Operating Assets and Liabilities

33

NOTE 33 
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Accounting policy – Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are stated at their amortised cost. These amounts represent liabilities for goods and 
services provided to the Group prior to the end of the year and which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and 
usually paid within 30 to 45 days of recognition.

Non-current trade and other payables are stated at the present value of the future expected cash flows. These 
amounts are contractually due for settlement at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

158,874 

131,521 

15,989 

30,033 

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables 
The balance at 31 July 2019 includes $108.701 million (2018: $78.753 million) relating to New Hope Corporation 
Limited and $43.676 million (2018: $43.588 million) relating to Round Oak Minerals Pty Limited.

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
The balance relates to the deferred purchase consideration of Jaguar copper-zinc operations and Aquatic 
Achievers Pty Limited acquired in the current and prior year.

146

34

NOTE 34 
PROVISIONS

Accounting policy – Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, 
it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount has been 
reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle 
the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a 
pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

i.  Restoration, rehabilitation and environmental expenditure
Provisions are recognised for restoration, rehabilitation and environmental expenditure as soon as an obligation 
exists, with the cost being charged to profit or loss in respect of ongoing rehabilitation. Where the obligation 
relates to decommissioning of assets and restoring the sites on which they are located, the costs are carried 
forward in the value of the asset and amortised over its useful life.

The obligations include profiling, stabilisation and revegetation of the completed area, with cost estimates based 
on current statutory requirements and current technology.

ii.  Employee entitlements
Short-term obligations
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave, vesting sick leave and redun-
dancies expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the 
related service are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period. These are 
measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. The liability of annual leave and 
accumulating sick leave is recognised in the provision for employee benefits. All other short-term employee 
benefit obligations are presented as payables.

Other long-term employee benefit obligations
The liabilities for long service leave and annual leave which are not expected to be settled within 12 months 
of balance date are recognised in the provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value 
of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the end of the 
reporting period using the projected unit credit method.

Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods 
of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the end of the reporting period on 
a high quality corporate bond rates with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the 
estimated future cash outflows.

Current liabilities
Onerous contracts(i)
Mining restoration and site rehabilitation(ii)
Employee benefits 
Other(iii)

Non-current liabilities 
Mining restoration and site rehabilitation(ii)
Employment benefits 
Onerous contracts(i)
Other(iii)

2019
$’000

223 
17,717 
59,089 
16,000

93,029 

242,836 
8,374 
656
198 

2018
$’000

14,976 
12,912 
43,331 
–

71,219 

178,822 
6,909 
–
657 

252,064 

186,388 

147

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Other Operating Assets and Liabilities

34

NOTE 34 
PROVISIONS (continued)

(i)  Onerous contracts

In the prior year, the Group recognised provisions for onerous contracts in relation to take or pay agreements 
associated with New Hope Corporation Limited’s Colton exploration project for $14.976 million. 

As outlined in note 20, there was an impairment of the assets of the Colton exploration project. It was considered 
that the charges associated with the WICET Agreement at that time were materially higher than previously 
forecast, and had a material impact on the viability of that project. As such, the New Hope Corporation Limited 
Group had determined that the long term take or pay agreements associated with this project were onerous 
contracts.

The New Hope Corporation Limited Group determined for the prior year that the lowest unavoidable cost 
associated with the onerous contracts was represented by a failure to fulfill the contracts. The cost to the New 
Hope Corporation Limited Group of failing to fulfil its obligations under the contracts was the value of the bank 
guarantees which had been provided as security against the contractual obligations.

During the year, the bank guarantees issued by the New Hope Corporation Limited Group in respect of the take 
or pay agreements were fully drawn and settled. As such, the lowest unavoidable costs under the contracts is now 
considered to be $nil. 

(ii)  Mining restoration and site rehabilitation 

Movements
Opening balance at 1 August
Provision arising on acquisition of businesses
Provisions capitalised recognised
Provisions (credited)/charged to profit or loss
Charged to profit or loss – unwinding of discount

Closing balance at 31 July

Disclosed as:
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Total provision for mining restoration and site rehabilitation

2019
$’000

191,734
35,552
31,973
(3,427)
4,721

260,553

17,717 
242,836 

260,553 

2018
$’000

113,766
17,381
49,584
7,464
3,539

191,734

12,912
178,822

191,734

Key estimates

Reserves estimates and rehabilitation costs
Provision is made for rehabilitation, restoration and environmental costs when the obligation arises, based on the 
net present value of estimated future costs. The ultimate cost of rehabilitation and restoration is uncertain, and 
management uses its judgement and experience to provide for these costs over the life of the operations.

The Group makes estimates about the future cost of rehabilitating tenements which are currently disturbed, 
based on legislative requirements and current costs. There are policy change risks in particular with the growing 
global focus on climate change which may impact on rehabilitation obligations. Cost estimates take into account 
past experience and expectations of future events that are expected to alter past experiences. Any changes to 
legislative requirements could have a significant impact on the expenditure required to restore these areas.

The estimation of reserves and resources are also a key judgement that affects the timing of the payment of 
closedown and restoration costs as detailed in note 28.

(iii)  Other provisions – New Hope Corporation Limited

Administration of subsidiaries

Northern Energy Corporation Limited (NEC) and Colton Coal Pty Limited (Colton), wholly owned subsidiaries of 
New Hope Corporation Limited, were placed into voluntary administration on 17 October 2018. The companies 
have subsequently been placed into liquidation. New Hope Corporation Limited has recognised a provision for 
$16 million which it considers is the best estimate of the probable future economic outflows associated with the 
NEC and Colton liquidation process. 

There have been a number of developments during the year associated with this matter outlined below.

Deed of cross guarantee proceedings

In proceedings relating to those administrations, WICET submitted that the debts of NEC and Colton are 
guaranteed by New Hope Corporation Limited and certain of its subsidiaries pursuant to a Deed of Cross 
Guarantee (DOCG). New Hope Corporation Limited denied this claim.

On 1 February 2019, New Hope Corporation Limited commenced proceedings in the Supreme Court of New 
South Wales (Proceedings) seeking orders confirming that New Hope Corporation Limited is not bound by the 
DOCG in respect of the debts of certain subsidiaries including NEC and Colton. A hearing of these proceedings 
occurred between 17 to 20 June 2019.

On 12 July 2019, the Supreme Court of New South Wales concluded that New Hope Corporation Limited has not 
guaranteed the debts of NEC and Colton under the DOCG. On 20 August 2019, WICET filed an appeal with the 
Court of Appeal in New South Wales in relation to the Supreme Court’s decision on the DOCG.

If WICET’s claim is upheld, New Hope Corporation Limited will be exposed to a liability of approximately 
$155 million. New Hope Corporation Limited continues to deny this claim.

Administration/liquidation process

In February 2019, in proceedings relating to the administrations of NEC and Colton, WICET applied successfully 
to the Court for an order that special purpose administrators be appointed to investigate a transaction that NEC 
entered into prior to the administrations of NEC and Colton, being a corporate restructure NEC undertook in 
February 2016.

In March 2019, New Hope Corporation Limited put forward a conditional binding Term Sheet in respect of 
a proposed Deed of Company Arrangement (DOCA) for NEC and Colton. The proposed DOCA, subject to all 
conditions being met, required New Hope Corporation Limited to contribute $19 million into trust for the 
purpose of distribution to the creditors of NEC and Colton in accordance with the priorities and principles of the 
administration (Contribution). As New Hope Corporation Limited has a secured loan receivable of $7.060 million 
from NEC (representing the amount owing at the date of administration which was impaired during the year), 
the Contribution, if paid and the proposed DOCA accepted, would have resulted in $7.060 million being paid 
in priority by NEC to New Hope Corporation Limited, and any and all claims by NEC or Colton against the New 
Hope Corporation Limited Group (whether in respect of the DOCG, the February 2016 corporate restructure or 
otherwise) being released.

On 28 June 2019, the special purpose administrators appointed to NEC and Colton provided a report on their 
investigations into the February 2016 corporate restructure.

On 19 July 2019, the administrators appointed to NEC and Colton issued a Voluntary Administrators Report (the 
Report) in advance of the second meeting of creditors. The Report identified a number of alleged claims that may 
be available to any liquidators appointed to NEC and Colton, subject to the liquidators obtaining funding and 
conducting further investigations. If funding is obtained, further investigations are conducted and the alleged 
claims are pursued against New Hope Corporation Limited, the Report identifies potential exposure to New 
Hope Corporation Limited is between nil and $48.1 million. The claims which it is alleged may be available to the 
liquidators relate to two transactions:
 1 The corporate restructure that NEC undertook in February 2016. The value attributed to the claims it is 
alleged may be available in respect of this transaction in the Report is between nil and $20.5 million;

 1 A loan repayment made by Colton to the New Hope Corporation Limited Group in 2017. The value attributed 
to the claims it is alleged may be available in respect of this transaction in the Report is between $nil and 
$27.6 million.

148

149

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 201934

Other Operating Assets and Liabilities

NOTE 34 
PROVISIONS (continued)

New Hope Corporation Limited denies these alleged claims and does not consider that it has any obligations in 
respect of them.

In July 2019, New Hope Corporation Limited gave a revised DOCA proposal to NEC and Colton that was presented 
to the second meeting of creditors held on 26 July 2019 which included a revised Contribution of $16 million 
however introduced a subordination of the secured loan receivable of New Hope Corporation Limited to below 
the claims of unsecured creditors.

At the second creditors meeting of creditors on 26 July 2019, the creditors did not vote in favour of this DOCA  
and instead voted to place NEC and Colton into liquidation.

In acknowledging the ongoing matters associated with the liquidation New Hope Corporation Limited has 
considered its position and has determined that the proposed revised Contribution of $16 million is the best 
estimate of the future probable economic outflows that will be incurred as a result of the NEC and Colton 
liquidation process. Although the DOCA has lapsed following the second meeting of creditors, New Hope 
Corporation Limited has not withdrawn the proposal and considers it to represent a present obligation that 
should be reflected as a provision.

35

Other Notes

NOTE 35 
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

Accounting policy – Share-based payments
Share-based compensation benefits are provided to select employees of the Parent Entity and New Hope 
Corporation Limited via various employee incentive schemes.

A summary of each scheme is provided below.

The fair value of options and rights granted under each of these schemes is recognised as an employee benefits 
expense with a corresponding increase in the share-based payment reserve within equity.

The fair value is measured at grant date and the total amount to be expensed is recognised over the period during 
which the employee becomes unconditionally entitled to the options and rights. The fair value of options and 
rights granted is based on the market price of the issuing company’s shares, adjusted to reflect any market perfor-
mance conditions and the impact of any non-vesting conditions. Non-market vesting conditions are included in 
assumptions about the number of options and rights that are expected to become exercisable. At each reporting 
date, the entity revises its estimate of the number of options and rights that are expected to become exercisable. 
The employee benefits expense each period takes into account the most recent estimate. The impact of the 
revision to the original estimate, is recognised in profit or loss with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited – Long term incentive plan

The Parent Entity provides share based compensation benefits to its executive team and management team via a 
Long Term Incentive Plan (LTI plan) whereby rights to shares are granted for $nil consideration. Rights are granted 
in accordance with the plan at the sole discretion of the Parent Entity’s Board. Rights vest and automatically 
convert to ordinary shares in the Parent Entity following the satisfaction of the relevant performance and service 
conditions. Performance and service conditions applicable to each issue of rights are determined by the Board at 
the time of granting. Rights granted under the plan carry no dividend or voting rights until they have vested and 
have been converted into shares in the Parent Entity. Detailed vesting conditions are set out in the Remuneration 
report. Refer to pages 36 to 53.

The fair value of services received in return for performance rights granted is based on the fair value of the perfor-
mance rights granted. The fair value of rights was independently determined by valuation specialists Lonergan 
Edwards & Associates Limited and was based on the market price of the Parent Entity’s shares at the grant date, 
with an adjustment made to take into account the vesting period, expected dividends during that period that will 
not be received by the participants and the probability that the market performance conditions will be met.

150

151

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Other Notes

NOTE 35 
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (continued)

35

Performance 
hurdle

TSR Hurdle 
or Non TSR 
Hurdle

Movement in number of performance rights granted

Fair value at 
grant date

Balance at 
start of year

Granted 
during the 
year

Vested

Forfeited

Balance at 
end of year

Grant Date

Vest Date

Dec 2018

Dec 2018

Dec 2018

Dec 2018

Dec 2018
Dec 2018

Dec 2017

Dec 2017

Dec 2017

Dec 2017

Dec 2017
Dec 2017

Dec 2016

Dec 2016

Dec 2016

Dec 2016

Dec 2016
Dec 2016

Dec 2015

Dec 2015

Dec 2015

Dec 2015

Dec 2015
Dec 2015

Sep 2021 
(Sep 2022)*
Sep 2021 
(Sep 2022)
Aug 2022 
(Sep 2022)*
Aug 2022 
(Sep 2022)*
Aug 2023
Aug 2023
Sep 2020 
(Sep 2021)*
Sep 2020 
(Sep 2021)*
Aug 2021 
(Sep 2021)*
Aug 2021 
(Sep 2021)*
Aug 2022
Aug 2022
Sep 2019 
(Sep 2020)*
Sep 2019 
(Sep 2020)*
Aug 2020 
(Sep 2020)*
Aug 2020 
(Sep 2020)*
Aug 2021
Aug 2021
Sep 2018 
(Sep 2019)*
Sep 2018 
(Sep 2019)*
Aug 2019 
(Sep 2019)*
Aug 2019 
(Sep 2019)*
Aug 2020
Aug 2020

Non-TSR

TSR

Non-TSR

TSR

Non-TSR
TSR

Non-TSR

TSR

Non-TSR

TSR

Non-TSR
TSR

Non-TSR

TSR

Non-TSR

TSR

Non-TSR
TSR

Non-TSR

TSR

Non-TSR

TSR

Non-TSR
TSR

$17.28

$22.11

$17.28

$22.11

$17.28
$22.11

$7.70

$6.16

$7.70

$6.16

$7.70
$6.16

$13.10

$5.22

$13.10

$3.25

$13.10
$2.56

$13.86

$12.25

$13.86

$11.08

$13.86
$10.87

–

–

–

–

–
–

43,110

43,110

25,865

25,864

17,244
17,244

12,717

12,716

7,630

7,630

5,086
5,086

14,198

14,197

8,518

8,518

5,679
5,678

24,591

24,591

14,755

14,754

9,836
9,835

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

(9,450)

(9,450)

(4,748)

(4,747)

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

24,951

24,951

14,755

14,754

9,836
9,835

43,110

43,110

25,865

25,864

17,244
17,244

12,717

12,716

7,630

7,630

5,086
5,086

–

–

8,518

8,518

5,679
5,678

280,090

98,362

(18,900)

(9,495)

350,057

*   Certain tranches of performance rights are subject to ‘re-testing dates’. Details of vesting conditions and performance hurdles are set out in the 

Remuneration report. Refer to pages 36 to 53.

During the year an expense of $2.096 million (2018: $1.525 million) was recognised in the profit or loss for the 
rights issued under the Parent Entity LTI plan. The total fair value of the performance rights outstanding at year 
end was $3.922 million (2018: $2.356 million).

New Hope Corporation Limited- Employee Share option and Performance rights share plans

New Hope Corporation Limited provides share based compensation benefits to its employees via the New Hope 
Corporation Limited Employee Share Option Plan and the New Hope Corporation Limited Employee Performance 
Rights Share Plan (Rights plan). Membership of the Rights plan is open to those senior employees and those 
Directors of New Hope Corporation Limited, its subsidiaries and associated bodies corporate whom, the Directors 
believe have a significant role to play in the continued development of the Group’s activities. 

Rights are granted for $nil consideration. Rights will vest at the nominated vesting date and automatically convert to 
ordinary shares in New Hope Corporation Limited following the satisfaction of the relevant performance and service 
conditions. Service and performance conditions applicable to each issue of rights are determined by the New Hope 
Corporation Limited’s Board at the time of the grant. Total expense arising from rights issued under the New Hope 
Corporation Limited employee performance share rights plan during the year was $724,000 (2018: $355,000). The 
total fair value of the performance rights outstanding at year end was $3.615 million (2018: $3.234 million). 

36

NOTE 36 
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

a)  Parent Entity

The ultimate Parent Entity is Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited.

b)  Subsidiaries and associates

Interest in subsidiaries and associates are set out in note 4.

c)  Key management personnel (KMP) compensation 

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Long-term employee benefits
Termination benefits
Share-based payments

Paid to KMP of the 
Consolidated Entity

Paid to KMP of the  
Parent Entity

2019
$’000

4,544
228
30
–
2,046

6,848

2018
$’000

7,924
288
101
356
1,898

10,567

2019
$’000

3,959
181
30
–
2,046

6,216

2018
$’000

4,154
181
25
355
1,542

6,257

KMP remuneration has been included in the Remuneration Report section of the Directors’ Report on pages 36 
to 53.

i.  Subsidiaries

Transactions between the Parent Entity and its subsidiaries and between subsidiaries are at normal commercial 
terms and conditions. Transactions consist of the transfer of funds for day to day financing, provision of consulting, 
management and advisory services, loans advanced and repaid, interest, dividend and rental payments.

Transactions between members of the Group which are eliminated on consolidation are not disclosed in this note.

ii.  Associates

Transactions with associates are at normal commercial terms and conditions.

Transactions consist of the supply of pharmaceutical products to the Parent Entity, advisory, consulting, under-
writing, management fees, and rent received from/paid to associates, loans advanced and repaid, interest and 
dividend payments.

152

153

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
37

NOTE 37 
COMMITMENTS

a)  Lease commitments – operating

Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to  
non-cancellable operating leases are payable as follows:
Within one year
One to five years
More than five years

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

35,188 
38,935 
24,549 

98,672 

11,531 
28,253 
28,836 

68,620 

The Group leases port facilities and has a share in commitments for minimum lease payments relating to property, 
plant and equipment under non-cancellable operating leases expiring within five to twenty years. The leases have 
varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated. The Group 
leases office space and small items of office equipment under operating leases.

b)  Capital commitments

Capital expenditure contracted for at year end  
but not recognised as liabilities is as follows:
Within one year
One to five years
More than five years

59,364 
58,106 
5,258 

63,914 
74,334 
5,936 

122,728 

144,184 

Capital commitments include contracted management services for mining services, exploration permits and 
acquisition of property, plant and equipment.

For commitments relating to associates refer to note 12.

Other Notes

NOTE 36 
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

36

Summary of transactions
Advisory, consulting, underwriting, management and other fees:
–  received by subsidiaries from associates
–  rent income received by Parent Entity from associate
Management fees paid by Parent Entity to an associate
Purchases of pharmaceutical products from associate
Interest income from associates

2019
$’000

47 
72 
248 
– 
4,926 

2018
$’000

780 
24 
–
3,902 
1,423 

Loans to associates

During the year, the Parent Entity increased its stand-by loan facility to Palla Pharma Limited (formerly TPI 
Enterprises Limited) from $12.5 million to $31.0 million. The amount owed at 31 July 2019 was $31.0 million  
(2018: $6.05 million). Interest is charged at market rates. The facility matures on 31 August 2021.

All accrued interest was settled in cash.

Director related entities

Transactions with Contact Asset Management Pty Limited (Contact)
Mr R D Millner and Mr T C D Millner are both Directors of WHSP and are Directors of Contact. Mr T C D Millner is 
also a 40% shareholder of Contact.

In November 2018, WHSP entered into an Investment Management Agreement with Contact. Under this 
agreement Contact is responsible for managing WHSP’s Large Caps investment portfolio and providing reports on 
the performance of that portfolio to WHSP. 

During the year, Contact was paid $247,500 (2018: $Nil) to manage the Large Caps portfolio on behalf of WHSP. No 
performance fees are payable to Contact.

The Directors, excluding Mr T C D Millner, reviewed the terms of the agreement and concluded that it was more 
favourable to WHSP than an arm’s length agreement for similar services.

Transactions with URB Investments Limited (ASX: URB)
Mr W M Negus is a director of both WHSP and URB Investments Limited (URB). 

Mr R D Millner and Mr T C D Millner are both Directors of WHSP and are Directors of URB.

WHSP has entered into a co-investment agreement with URB, Contact (in its capacity as investment manager of 
URB) and Pitt Street Real Estate Partners Pty Limited (PSRE).

Transactions with Ampcontrol Limited
Mr R G Westphal is a director of both WHSP and was a Director of Ampcontrol Limited (Ampcontrol) until his 
resignation on 22 October 2018.

During the prior year, the Group provided a $24.426 million loan facility to Ampcontrol, an associate of Souls 
Private Equity Limited (SPEL), a subsidiary of WHSP. 

The loan facility was secured by registered mortgages over the property, plant and equipment of a subsidiary of 
Ampcontrol. This loan was repaid in July 2019. The loan amount owed at 31 July 2019 was $nil (2018: $24 million). 
Interest was charged at 12% per annum. 

154

155

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
38

Other Notes

NOTE 38 
OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

a)  Foreign currency translation
i.  Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of 
the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The consolidated 
financial statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency.

ii.  Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at 
the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains or losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions 
and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end 
exchange rates are recognised in the profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash 
flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign 
operation.

Transaction differences on non-monetary items, such as equity instruments held at fair value through profit or 
loss, are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss on the instrument. Translation differences on non-monetary 
items are included in the fair value reserve in equity.

iii.  Group companies

The results and financial position of all of the Group’s foreign operations (none of which has the currency of a 
hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are trans-
lated into the presentation currency as follows:
 1 assets and liabilities for each Balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that 

Balance Sheet;

 1 income and expenses for each statement of comprehensive income are translated at average exchange 
rates (unless this is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the 
transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and

 1 all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of any net investment in foreign entities, and 
of borrowings and other financial instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are recognised in other 
comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is sold or any borrowings forming part of the net investment 
are repaid, the exchange differences are reclassified to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, as 
part of the gain or loss on sale.

b)  Deferred stripping costs

New Hope Corporation Limited does not recognise any deferred stripping costs. Based on the nature of the New 
Hope Corporation Limited’s mining operations and the stripping ratio for the components of its operations, the 
recognition criteria of a deferred stripping asset are not satisfied. Further, it is anticipated that the operations will 
maintain a consistent stripping ratio at the component level and as such no overburden in advance should be 
recognised. In the event that a stripping campaign is undertaken in the future a deferred stripping asset will be 
recognised at that time and amortised in accordance with the requirements of Australian Interpretation 20. An 
asset will be recognised for stripping activity where the following criteria are met:
 1 It is probable that the future economic benefit (improved access to the ore body) associated with the 

stripping activity will flow to the entity;

 1 The entity can identify the component of the ore body for which access has been improved; and
 1 The costs relating to the stripping activity associated with that component can be measured reliably.

c)  Finance costs

Finance costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is 
required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or sale. Other finance costs are expensed.

d)  Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing:
 1 the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary 

shares; and

 1 by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus 

elements in ordinary shares issued during the year.

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into 
account:
 1 the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary 

shares; and

 1 the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the 

conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

Long-term incentive plan rights that vest in future financial years are expected to be satisfied by purchasing shares 
on market. Diluted EPS is equal to the basic earnings per share.

e)  Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST, except where the amount of GST 
incurred is not recoverable from the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). In these circumstances the GST is recognised 
as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of an item of the expense.

Receivables and payables in the consolidated statement of financial position are shown inclusive of GST receiv-
able or payable. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to the ATO is included with other receivables 
or payables in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Cash flows are presented in the consolidated statement of cash flows on a gross basis, except for the GST 
component of investing and financing activities, which are disclosed as operating cash flows.

f )  Financial statements presentation

The Group has attempted to improve the transparency of its reporting by adopting ‘plain English’ where possible. 
Key ‘plain English’ phrases and their equivalent AASB terminology are as follows:

‘Plain English’ terminology

AASB terminology

Share capital

Trading equities

Contributed equity

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Long term equity investments

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Equity accounted associates

Investments accounted for using the equity method

Term deposits

Held to maturity investments

The accounting standards also require the presentation of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
which presents all items of recognised income and expenditure either in one statement or in two linked state-
ments. The Group has elected to present one statement.

156

157

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 201939

Other Notes

NOTE 39 
REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS

During the year, the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor.

a)  Audit services

Parent Entity and Consolidated Entity  
Pitcher Partners Sydney for audit and review of financial reports and  
other audit work under the Corporations Act 2001

Other Group entities  
Pitcher Partners Sydney for audit and review of financial reports
Other audit firms for the audit or review of financial reports

Total remuneration for audit and review services

b)  Other services

Pitcher Partners Sydney 
Tax compliance services
Other services

Other auditors of Group entities
Other services

Total remuneration for other services

2019
$’000

380

292
612

1,284

139
24

161

324

2018
$’000

333

222
444

999

116
6

74

196

40

NOTE 40 
DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE

During 2012, the Parent Entity and a subsidiary, Souls Private Equity Limited entered into a deed of cross guar-
antee under which each company guarantees the debts of the other. 

Whilst party to this deed, wholly owned entities are relieved from the requirements to prepare a financial report 
and directors’ report under ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785 issued by the 
Australian Securities and Investments Commission.

The parties to this deed are referred to as the ‘Closed Group’. The effect of the deed is that each party to it has 
guaranteed to pay any deficiency in the event of the winding up of any of the entities in the Closed Group. 

i) 

 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income and summary of movements 
in consolidated retained profits and consolidated statement of financial position 
for the members of the Closed Group 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income – closed group

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense

Profit after tax attributable to closed group

Other comprehensive income – closed group
Net movement in fair value of long term equity investments, net of tax
Share of other comprehensive income movements, net of tax

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year, net of tax

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

226,560 
(37,703) 

188,857 

(25,520) 
14,215 

(11,305) 

478,514 
(103,274)

375,240 

2,290 
4,094 

6,384 

Total comprehensive income attributable to the closed group

177,552 

381,624 

Summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings – closed group

Opening balance at 1 August
Profit for the year
Transfer from General reserve to retained profits
Effect of initial adoption of AASB 9
Effect of initial adoption of AASB 15
Dividends declared and paid

1,857,408
188,857 
402,206
38,754
1,174 
(111,727)

1,589,111
375,240
–
–
– 
(106,943)

Closing balance at 31 July

2,376,672 

1,857,408 

158

159

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
Other Notes

NOTE 40 
DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE (continued)

40

Consolidated statement of financial position

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Trading equities
Assets classified as held for sale

Total current assets

Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Equity accounted associates
Long term equity investments
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liability
Provisions

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Reserves
Retained profits

Total equity

2019
$’000

38,874
50,510
77,148
53

2018
$’000

42,066
35,869
69,930
1,407

166,585

149,272

75,617
1,621,058
1,049,298
7,808
73,708

104,475
1,523,169
968,703
3,800
74,690

2,827,489

2,674,837

2,994,074

2,824,109

6,378
30,000
538

36,916

18,141
358,246
597

376,984

413,900

1,052
–
317

1,369

–
347,790
530

348,320

349,689

2,580,174

2,474,420

43,232
160,270
2,376,672

43,232
573,780
1,857,408

2,580,174

2,474,420

Directors’ Declaration

In the Directors’ opinion:
 1 the attached financial statements and notes comply with the Corporations Act 2001, the Accounting 

Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 
requirements;

 1 the attached financial statements and notes comply with International Financial Reporting Standards 
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board as described in the Basis of Preparation on 
page 65;

 1 the attached financial statements and notes give a true and fair view of the Consolidated Entity’s 

financial position as at 31 July 2019 and of its performance for the financial year ended on that date;

 1 there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Parent Entity will be able to pay its debts as and 

when they become due and payable; and

 1 at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the 

Extended Closed Group will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may 
become, subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee described in note 40 to the financial 
statements.

The Directors have been given the declarations required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of Directors made pursuant to section 295(5)(a) of the 
Corporations Act 2001.

On behalf of the Directors

R D Millner 
Director 

T J Barlow 
Managing Director

Dated this 22nd day of October 2019.

160

161

Notes to the Financial StatementsWashington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
 
Independent Auditor’s 
Report

Level 16, Tower 2 Darling Park
201 Sussex Street
Sydney NSW 2000

Postal Address
GPO Box 1615
Sydney NSW 2001

p. +61 2 9221 2099
e. sydneypartners@pitcher.com.au

Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the Members of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited 
ABN 49 000 002 728

Report on the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the financial report of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited (“the Company”) and 
its controlled entities (“the Group”), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 July 
2019, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and 
the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the financial statements, including 
a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information and the Directors’ Declaration. 

In our opinion the financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

i. 

giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 July 2019 and of its financial  
performance for the year then ended; and

ii. 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

Basis of Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibility for the Audit of the Financial Report section of our 
report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s 
APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants “the Code” that are relevant to our audit of the financial report 
in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.

We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, which has been given to 
the Directors of the Company on 21 October 2019, would be in the same terms if given to the Directors as at the 
time of this auditor’s report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion.

Adelaide  Brisbane  Melbourne  Newcastle  Perth  Sydney

Pitcher Partners is an association of independent firms.
An independent New South Wales Partnership. ABN 17 795 780 962. Liability limited by a scheme approved under  
Professional Standards Legislation. Pitcher Partners is a member of the global network of Baker Tilly International Limited,  
the members of which are separate and independent legal entities.

pitcher.com.au

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit 
of the financial report of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters.

Key Audit Matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Consolidation and reliance on the work of other auditors 
Refer to Basis of consolidation (page 66)

The consolidated financial report of the Group 
comprises the financial reports of Washington H. Soul 
Pattinson and Company Limited, its subsidiaries, and 
its share of results from equity accounted associates.

This involves the consolidation of financial 
reporting received from subsidiaries and associates 
(“components”) and reliance is placed on the work of 
the auditors of these components.

Given the number of associates and subsidiaries 
within the Group, and accounting complexities due 
to the transactions undertaken by the Group during 
the year, the key audit matter for us was whether 
the consolidation process had been accurately and 
completely performed by management.

As a result, we focused on:
 1 identifying and understanding the significant 
components of the Group and the risks of 
material misstatement within them;

 1 the assessment of each components’ compliance 

with Group accounting policies; and
 1 the consolidation procedures (including 
consolidation journals and intercompany 
transactions) undertaken by management.

Our procedures included, amongst others:
 1 Providing instructions and questionnaires to 

component auditors and working with component 
auditors, to identify risks that are significant to 
the audit of the Group and to plan relevant audit 
procedures to address them. 

 1 Auditing investment movements during the year 
for consolidation/equity accounting impacts.

 1 Enquiring of management about WHSP’s 

procedures in place for the identification of 
intercompany transactions.

 1 Performing detailed audit testing of consolidation 

workpapers, journals and supporting 
documentation including reconciliations. 

 1 Auditing the financial data used in the 

consolidation process for consistency with the 
financial data audited by component auditors.
 1 Reviewing the financial reports of significant 

subsidiaries and associates.

 1 Evaluating the accounting policies of subsidiaries 
for consistency with WHSP policies and Australian 
accounting standards.

 1 Based on our assessment of risk, meeting with 
component auditors to discuss the outcome 
of their audit procedures and where necessary 
reviewing relevant component auditor workpapers.

162

163

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Independent Auditor’s Report

Key Audit Matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation and classification of equity investments 
Refer to Note 13: Trading Equities and Note 14: Long Term Equity Investments

Equity investments are a significant asset within 
the consolidated statement of financial position, 
representing $862.2 million or 14.7% of total assets.

There is significant focus in ensuring the underlying 
equity investments are correctly classified as either 
fair value through profit or loss or fair value through 
other comprehensive income or whether an 
investment should be accounted for as an associate, 
should significance influence exist. The classification 
of equity investments is important as it determines 
how revenue and fair value adjustments (realised 
and unrealised) are reported, be it in profit or loss 
or through other comprehensive income or in the 
case of an associate through the equity accounting 
method.

The determination of the valuation of financial 
investments held at fair value, is based on a range 
of inputs, approximately 84% of equity investments 
are level 1 and can be valued based on quoted 
prices in active markets. Where observable data is 
not available, for example, when determining the 
valuation of unlisted investments, estimates are 
developed based on the most appropriate source 
data and are subject to a higher level of judgement.

Our procedures included, amongst others:
 1 Obtaining an understanding, evaluating 

and auditing relevant controls surrounding 
investment purchases, disposals and 
classification.

 1 Obtaining an understanding, evaluating and 

auditing management’s initial assessment and 
ongoing monitoring of whether the Group has 
significant influence over an underlying equity 
investment. 

 1 Confirming the accurate recording and 

ownership of investments.

 1 Confirming the valuation of the total listed 
investment portfolio at balance date by 
reference to external sources.

 1 Reviewing the appropriateness of valuation 
techniques used by management in 
determining the fair value of unlisted 
investments and assessing the reasonableness  
of judgements and estimates used.
 1 Reviewing management’s analysis of the 

investments for indicators of impairment and 
assessing the reasonableness of the judgements 
and estimates of impairments made by reference 
to market and specific entity conditions.
 1 Checking the mathematical accuracy of the 

impairment expense recognised in the financial 
report.

Directors’ Responsibility for the Financial Report

The Directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair 
view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal 
control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that gives a true 
and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial report, the Directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can 
arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report.

As part of an audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional judgement and 
maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit.

We also: 
 1 Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error, 
design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting 
from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. 

 1 Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are 
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of 
the Group’s internal control. 

 1 Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates 

and related disclosures made by the Directors. 

 1 Conclude on the appropriateness of the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based 
on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that 
may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a 
material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures 
in the financial report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based 
on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions 
may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. 

 1 Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the disclosures, and 
whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair 
presentation.

 1 Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business 

activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are responsible for the direction, 
supervision and performance of the Group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with the Directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and 
significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide the Directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding 
independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought 
to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with the Directors, we determine those matters that were of most significance 
in the audit of the financial report of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these 
matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in 
extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because 
the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of 
such communication.

Other information

The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information in the 
Group’s annual report for the year ended 31 July 2019 but does not include the financial report and the auditor’s 
report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in 
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or our 
knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

164

165

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019Independent Auditor’s Report

Report on the Remuneration Report

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 36 to 53 of the Directors’ Report for the year ended 
31 July 2019. In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited, for 
the year ended 31 July 2019, complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Responsibilities

The Directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report 
in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

M A Alexander
Partner

22 October 2019

Pitcher Partners
Sydney

Pitcher Partners is an association of independent firms.

ABN 17 795 780 962. 
An independent New South Wales Partnership. 

166

ASX Additional Information

Distribution of Equity Securities as at 1 October 2019

Size of Holding

1 – 1,000
1,001 – 5,000
5,001 – 10,000
10,001 – 100,000
100,001 and over

TOTAL

Holding less than a marketable parcel

Top 20 Shareholders as at 1 October 2019

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Brickworks Limited

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

Milton Corporation Limited

J S Millner Holdings Pty Limited

Dixson Trust Pty Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

T G Millner Holdings Pty Limited

Hexham Holdings Pty Limited

Argo Investments Limited

National Nominees Limited

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 

13 Mary Millner Holdings Pty Limited

14

Diversified United Investment Limited

15 Mr Geoffrey Edward Marshall

16

17

Dixson Trust Pty Limited (A/C NO 1)

Australian United Investment Company Limited

18 Millane Pty Limited

19

20

Tyneside Pty Limited

Farjoy Pty Ltd

Number of Holders

Ordinary 
Shares

Performance 
Rights

13,981
6,339
1,180
891
81

22,472

356

–
–
1
3
1

5

Ordinary 
Shares Held

% of Issued 
shares

94,314,855

17,071,277

11,481,368

9,174,640

8,897,859

8,749,192

3,528,979

3,441,051

2,983,127

2,182,606

1,671,833

1,553,843

1,156,860

1,100,000

1,050,612

1,017,988

1,000,000

887,990

870,080

706,662

39.40%

7.13%

4.80%

3.83%

3.72%

3.65%

1.47%

1.44%

1.25%

0.91%

0.70%

0.65%

0.48%

0.46%

0.44%

0.43%

0.42%

0.37%

0.36%

0.30%

167

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019ASX Additional Information

Substantial Shareholders as at 1 October 2019 

As disclosed in notices received by the Company.

Brickworks Limited and its subsidiaries
Mr Robert Dobson Millner
Mr Thomas Charles Dobson Millner

Ordinary 
Shares Held

% of Issued 
Shares

94,314,855
19,921,975
17,211,350

39.40
8.32
7.19

Notice  
Received

3 Dec 2018
3 Mar 2014
3 Mar 2014

17,195,965 of the above ordinary shares in which Mr R Millner and Mr T Millner have an interest relate to  
holdings by the same entities.

For further details refer to the notices lodged on 3 March 2014 on the ASX announcements list for WHSP  
(ASX code: SOL).

Unquoted Equity Securities

As at 1 October 2019 The Company had the following unquoted equity securities on issue.

Performance Rights – issued under the Long-term Incentive Plan

324,686

5

Number of 
Rights

Number of 
Holders

Voting Rights 

Ordinary shares:

(a)  on a show of hands, each member has one vote;

(b)  subject to section 250L(4) of the Corporations Act 2001, on a poll each member has:

(i) 

(ii) 

for each fully paid share held by the member, one vote; and

for each partly-paid share held by the member, a fraction of a vote equivalent to the proportion which 
the amount paid (not credited nor paid in advance of a call) is of the total amounts paid and payable 
(excluding amounts credited) for the share.

Performance Rights:

No voting rights.

Australian Securities Exchange Listing

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company Limited ordinary shares are listed on the Australian Securities 
Exchange under the ASX Code: SOL. 

168

Designed and Produced by APM Graphics Management  >  1800 806 930

169

Washington H. Soul Pattinson and Company LimitedAnnual Report 2019 
Registered Office

Level 14, 151 Clarence Street, Sydney NSW 2000

Telephone: (02) 9210 7070 
Facsimile: (02) 9210 7077

www.whsp.com.au

Share Register

Advanced Share Registry Limited
110 Stirling Highway, Nedlands WA 6009

Telephone: 1300 113 258 or +61 8 9389 8033 (outside Australia) 
Facsimile: (08) 9262 3723 or +61 8 9262 3723 (outside Australia)

www.advancedshare.com.au

Auditors

Pitcher Partners Sydney
Level 16, Tower 2 Darling Park, 201 Sussex Street, Sydney NSW 2000 
GPO Box 1615, Sydney NSW 2001

Telephone: (02) 9221 2099 
Facsimile: (02) 9223 1762

Washington H. Soul Pattinson 
and Company Limited

ABN 49 000 002 728
ASX Code: SOL